Sop Q400 Rev. Original

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 129

PROCEDIMIENTOS NORMALES

DE OPERACIÓN
(SOP)

AERONAVE
Q400

STAR UP S.A
STAR PERU
Lima – Perú
REVIISIÓN: O
Original
S
STANDAR
RD OPERA
ATING PROCEDURE
ES
(S
SOP) PÁG
GINA: IG.1
AERONAAVE Q400
0
FECH
HA: 27
7.03.19

1. INDICE GENE
ERAL

Carátula -

Índice Ge
eneral IG.1 – IG.2

Control de
d Revision
nes CR.1 – CR.2

Lista de Páginas Effectivas LPE.1 – LPE.2

Capitulos
s

Chapter 1: INTROD
DUCTION 1.1 - 1.6

Chapter 2: GENERA
AL FLIGHT
T INFORMA
ATION 2.1 - 2.34

Chapter 3: NORMA
AL PROCED
DURES 3.1 - 3.42

Chapter 4: NO NOR
RMAL EMERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES 4.1 - 4.20

Appendix
x A: CABIN
N CREW CO
OORDINAT
TION AP-A.1 - AP-A.6

Appendix
x B: RNAV
V/RNP AP-B.1 - AP-B.2

Appendix
x C: AIR WORK
W AP-C.1 - AP-C.12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

STANDARD OPERATING
O PROCEDURE
ES (SOP)
Docum
ments displayedd in digital form
m are controlled
d, all printing off them is an NO
OT controlled copy.
c This docu
ument is also the
inttellectual propeerty of STAR UP
U S.A. and an ny reproduction n will be sanctio
oned by law.
REVIISIÓN: O
Original
S
STANDAR
RD OPERA
ATING PROCEDURE
ES
(S
SOP) PÁG
GINA: IG.2
AERONAAVE Q400
0
FECH
HA: 27
7.03.19

1. INDICE GENE
ERAL

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

STANDARD OPERATING
O PROCEDURE
ES (SOP)
Docum
ments displayedd in digital form
m are controlled
d, all printing off them is an NO
OT controlled copy.
c This docu
ument is also the
inttellectual propeerty of STAR UP
U S.A. and an ny reproduction n will be sanctio
oned by law.
REVISIÓN: Original
STANDAR
RD OPERA
ATING PR
ROCEDURES
(S
SOP) PÁGINA: CR.1
AERONA
AVE Q400
FECH
HA: 27.03.19

2. CONTR
ROL DE RE
EVISIONE
ES

La incorrporación de
e cada enmie
enda y revisión debe ser registrada en
e el presente cuadro de Control de
Revisionnes:

FECHA DE FECHA
A DE
Nº REVISIÓN
N REALIZ
ZADO POR
R:
VISIÓN
REV APROBA
ACIÓN
Original 27.03.19 Luis Hernandez

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This document is also the
intellectual property of STAR UP S.A. and any reproduction will be sanctioned d by law.
REVISIÓN: Original
PROCE
EDIMIENTO
OS NORM MALES DE
E
OPERACCIÓN (SOP
P) PÁGINA: CR.2
BOEIING 737
FECH
HA: 27.03.19

2. CONTR
ROL DE RE
EVISIONE
ES

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This document is also the
intellectual property of STAR UP S.A. and any reproduction will be sanctioned d by law.
R
REVISIÓN:
: Origina
al
STANDARD OP
PERATINGG PROCED
DURES
(SOP) P
PÁGINA: LPE.1
AER
RONAVE Q400
Q
F
FECHA: 27.03.19
9

3. LISTA DE PÀGIN
NAS EFEC
CTIVAS

PÁGINA EDDITADO REVISIÓN PÁGINNA EDITADO REVISIÓN


Carátula 27/0
03/2019 Original 2.28 27/0
03/2019 Original
IG.1 27/0
03/2019 Original 2.29 27/0
03/2019 Original
IG.2 27/0
03/2019 Original 2.30 27/0
03/2019 Original
CR.1 27/0
03/2019 Original 2.31 27/0
03/2019 Original
CR.2 27/0
03/2019 Original 2.32 27/0
03/2019 Original
LPE.1 27/0
03/2019 Original 2.33 27/0
03/2019 Original
LPE.2 27/0
03/2019 Original 2.34 27/0
03/2019 Original
1.1 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.1 27/0
03/2019 Original
1.2 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.2 27/0
03/2019 Original
1.3 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.3 27/0
03/2019 Original
1.4 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.4 27/0
03/2019 Original
1.5 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.5 27/0
03/2019 Original
1.6 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.6 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.1 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.7 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.2 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.8 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.3 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.9 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.4 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.10 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.5 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.11 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.6 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.12 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.7 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.13 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.8 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.14 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.9 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.15 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.10 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.16 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.11 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.17 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.12 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.18 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.13 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.19 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.14 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.20 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.15 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.21 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.16 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.22 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.17 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.23 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.18 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.24 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.19 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.25 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.20 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.26 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.21 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.27 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.22 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.28 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.23 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.29 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.24 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.30 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.25 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.31 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.26 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.32 27/0
03/2019 Original
2.27 27/0
03/2019 Original 3.33 27/0
03/2019 Original

STANDARD OPERATING
O PROCEDURE
ES (SOP)
Docum
ments displayedd in digital form
m are controlled
d, all printing off them is an NO
OT controlled copy.
c This docu
ument is also the
inttellectual propeerty of STAR UP
U S.A. and an ny reproduction n will be sanctio
oned by law.
R
REVISIÓN:
: Origina
al
STANDARD OP
PERATINGG PROCED
DURES
(SOP) P
PÁGINA: LPE.2
AER
RONAVE Q400
Q
F
FECHA: 27.03.19
9

3. LISTA DE PÀGIN
NAS EFEC
CTIVAS

PÁGINA EDDITADO REVISIÓN PÁGIN


NA EDITADO REVISIÓN
3.34 27/0
03/2019 Original AP-C.44 27/0
03/2019 Original
3.35 27/0
03/2019 Original AP-C.5 27/0
03/2019 Original
3.36 27/0
03/2019 Original AP-C.66 27/0
03/2019 Original
3.37 27/0
03/2019 Original AP-C.7 27/0
03/2019 Original
3.38 27/0
03/2019 Original AP-C.8 27/0
03/2019 Original
3.39 27/0
03/2019 Original AP-C.9 27/0
03/2019 Original
3.40 27/0
03/2019 Original AP-C.1
10 27/0
03/2019 Original
3.41 27/0
03/2019 Original AP-C.1
11 27/0
03/2019 Original
3.42 27/0
03/2019 Original AP-C.1
12 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.1 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.2 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.3 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.4 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.5 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.6 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.7 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.8 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.9 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.10 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.11 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.12 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.13 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.14 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.15 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.16 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.17 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.18 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.19 27/0
03/2019 Original
4.20 27/0
03/2019 Original
AP-A.1 27/0
03/2019 Original
AP-A.2 27/0
03/2019 Original
AP-A.3 27/0
03/2019 Original
AP-A.4 27/0
03/2019 Original
AP-A.5 27/0
03/2019 Original
AP-A.6 27/0
03/2019 Original
AP-B.1 27/0
03/2019 Original
AP-B.2 27/0
03/2019 Original
AP-C.1 27/0
03/2019 Original
AP-C.2 27/0
03/2019 Original
AP-C.3 27/0
03/2019 Original

STANDARD OPERATING
O PROCEDURE
ES (SOP)
Docum
ments displayedd in digital form
m are controlled
d, all printing off them is an NO
OT controlled copy.
c This docu
ument is also the
inttellectual propeerty of STAR UP
U S.A. and an ny reproduction n will be sanctio
oned by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 1.1
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAP
PTER 1. INTR
RODUCTION
N
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

CHA
APTE
ER 1
IN
NTROODUC
CTIO
ON
 
 

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 1.2
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAP
PTER 1. INTR
RODUCTION
N
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INT
TENTIONALLY
L
LEFT BLAN
NK
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 1.3
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAP
PTER 1. INTR
RODUCTION
N

 
 

CHAPTER
R 1 – INTRO
ODUCTION
 

 
1.1.  INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 1‐5 
1.2.  TRAININ
NG OBJECTIV VES ............................................................................................. 1‐5 
1.3.  THE PUR
RPOSE OF SSTANDARD O OPERATING G PROCEDURES (SOPs) ......................... 1‐5 
 

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 1.4
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAP
PTER 1. INTR
RODUCTION
N

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

INT
TENTIONALLY
L
LEFT BLAN
NK

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 1.5
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAP
PTER 1. INTR
RODUCTION
N
 
1.1. INTROD
DUCTION
N
This document is thet Dash 8 F Flight Trainin
ng Manual an nd contains operating infformation peertaining
to the Dash 8 Serie es Q400. Each section in n this manual outlines the
e established
d standard opperating
proced dures that will be followed
d during ope eration regard
ding crew cooordination, callouts
c and specific
flying ttechniques.

These proceduress are intendeed to compllement the information


i contained
c n the Dash 8 Q400
in
AEROPLANE OPE ERATING MA ANUAL A.O.M and AIRP PLANE FLIGGHT MANUAL A.F.M. Wh hen any
discre
epancy existts, the proce
edures outliined in the Dash
D 8 AOMM and AFM are
a to be followed.

Norma al Procedures s are those encountered


e d during the routine
r operaation of the aircraft.
a Non–
–normal
or eme ergency Proccedures are used to cop pe with systeem faults and conditions s adversely affecting
a
flight ssafety. This manual
m desccribes how these proced dures should d be carried out, by estaablishing
clear g guidelines annd companyy policies thaat define the
e Dash 8 sta andard operrating proced dures in
STAR PERU.
The Da ash 8 Standa ard Operatin
ng Procedurees (S.O.P.) must
m be follow
wed for all opperations con
nducted
by STA AR PERU, th hese operatioons included regular, non
n-regular andd charters flig
ghts.

1.2. TRAINING OBJE


ECTIVES
S
STAR PERU reco ognizes the great poten ntial in its pilots, and it is responsible for explloiting it
adequa ately by training them with
w the highest achievab ble standards to guaranttee they perrform as
depend dable individduals and te eam membe ers that guarrantee flight operations safety. By creating
c
thorough training and
a evaluatio on standards s the compan ny aims at developing
d so
olid discipline
e habits
within the crewmem mbers, which h, in addition
n to increasin
ng safety, contributes to an
a overall inccreased
operattional efficien
ncy. Through the imple ementation ofo training programs and d company policies
STAR PERU seek ks to lead itss pilots in the vast and ffascinating world
w of avia
ation while thhey find
rewardding professional growth in their caree ers.

1.3. THE PURPOSE


E OF ST
TANDARD
D OPERA
ATING PROCEDU
P URES
SOPs)
(S
For many years, regulatory agencies
a suc
ch as DGAC C have iden ntified deficiencies in Standard
S
Operatting Procedu
ures (SOPs) as contributting factors in
i aviation in
ncidents and accidents innvolving
non-co
ompliance wiith the established manuffacturer and company-esstablished prrocedures.

The Innternational Civil


C Aviation
n Organizatio
on (ICAO) ha ognized the importance of
as also reco o SOPs
for saffe flight operations. Receent amendme ents to ICAO
O Annex 6 esstablish that each membber state
shouldd require thatt SOPs for e each phase of flight be contained
c in the operatio
ons manual used
u by
pilots.

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 1.6
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAP
PTER 1. INTR
RODUCTION
N
 

In its sstudy of CFITT accidents, a CAST (Co ommercial Avviation Safetyy Team) ana alysis team in
ncluding
the FA AA corrobora ated the findings of the NTSB,
N ICAO, and other groups.
g Almo ost 50 percen nt of the
107 CF FIT interventtions identifie
ed by that annalysis team
m related to th
he flight crew
w’s failure to
o adhere
to SOP Ps or the ceertificate holdder’s failure to establish adequate SOPs.
S Subse equent CAST T teams
confirm med their anaalysis furtherr.

Thereffore SOPs are meant noot only to hellp us improvve our compa any safety policies
p but to
o enrich
our wo
ork environment reducing
g stress, fatig
gue, and possible loss of situational awareness.
a

Effectivve crew co
oordination and
a crew performance,
p , two centra
al concepts of crew re esource
manag gement (CRMM), depend upon
u the crew
ws having a shared menttal model of each task.

Many e
experts agre
ee that the im n SOP is the most effective if:
mplementation of any proccedure as an

a. The proccedure is appropriate forr the situationn.


b. The proccedure is pra actical to use
e.
c. Crewme embers understand the re easons for th
he procedure
e.
d. Effectivee training is conducted.
c
e. The attittudes shown n by instructo
ors, check airmen,
a and managers
m all reinforce th
he need
for the prrocedure.

Flight crews
c must have this SO OP memorize ed as best as possible so o that it can be closely fo
ollowed.
It is ea
ach Pilot’s ressponsibility to read, unde
erstand, learn
n and practicce the SOP.

SOPs establish ho ow, when, and


a where various
v itemss are accommplished durring a norma al flight.
They are
a critical foor safety and for the effficient operaation of any airplane. SOPs
S allow Pilots
P to
operatte together in
n a highly complex environment with the unders standing tha
at each of th
hem has
specific tasks to accomplish an objective. SOPs have been estab blished to ensure the saffest and
most efficient
e operation based on many yea ars of experience.

Howevver, the pro ocedures co ontained in this SOP should


s be used
u as a complement
c to the
informaation contain
ned in the Da
ash 8 AOM and
a AFM. Ass previously stated, whe
en any discrrepancy
exists, the proced dures outlinned in the Dash
D 8 AEROOPLANE OP PERATING MANUAL
M AOOM and
AIRPL LANE FLIGH HT MANUAL L AFM are to d. 
o be followed

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.1
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 

CHA
APTE
ER 2
GE
ENER
RAL FLIG
F GHT
IN ATION
NFORMA
 

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.2
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
 

INT
TENTIONALLY
L
LEFT BLAN
NK

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.3
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
CHA
APTER 2 – GEN
NERAL FLIGHT
T INFOR
RMATIO
ON
2.1.1 AUTOMATIC C FLIGHT CONT TROL SYSTEM M .......................................................................................................... 2.5
2.1.1
1.1  FLIGHTT DIRECTOR (FFD) ................................................................................................................... 2.6
2.1.1
1.2  YAW D DAMPER (YD).......................................................................................................................... 2.6
2.1.1
1.3  AUTOP PILOT (AP) .............................................................................................................................. 2.6
2.1.1
1.3.1  AUTOPPILOT OPERATTION IN TURBU ULENCE ...................................................................................... 2.6
2.1.1
1.3.2  AUTOPPILOT APPROA ACH .................................................................................................................. 2.6
2.1.1 UDE SELECT ............................................................................................................................ 2.6
1.3.3  ALTITU
2.1.2 LLEVELS OF AUT
TOMATION ...................................................................................................................................... 2.7
2.1.3 A
AUTO FLIGHT .......................................................................................................................................................... 2.7
2.2CON
NTROL TRANSSFER POLICY ..................................................................................................................................... 2.7
2.3 CR
REW COORDIN NATION………… ……………………… ……………………… ………………………………………… …………………..............…...2.8
2.3.11 CREW COMPOSITION .............................................................................................................................. 2.8
2.3.22 CREW DESIGGNATION ............................................................................................................................... 2.8
2.3.33 CHAIN OF COOMMAND ............................................................................................................................. 2.8
2.3.44 PILOT DUTIEES .......................................................................................................................................... 2.8
2.3 55 CREW CONC CEPT/ RESOUR RCE MANAGEMENT  ........................................................................................ 2.8
2.3.6 CREW COOORDINATION N TABLES ................................................................................................... 2.9
2.4 FM
MS DATA ENT TRY................................................................................................................................... 2.10
2.5 ST
TERILE COCKPPIT .................................................................................................................................... 2.11
2.6 ST
TANDARD CA ALLOUTS FOR R ALL PHASESS OF FLIGHT .......................................................................... 2.11
2.6.1 DEVIATION FFROM FLIGH HT PARAMETERS .................................................................................... 2.11
2.6.2 ALTIMETERR SETTINGS C CHANGE ................................................................................................. 2.12
2.6.3 STANDARD D CALL PROC CEDURES CLIMB AND DESSCENT ............................................................. 2.12
2.6.4 STANDARD D CALL PROC CEDURES FINAL APPROAC CH FIX INBOU UND ........................................... 2.12
2.6.5 STANDARD D CALL PROC CEDURES LAN NDING ................................................................................ 2.13
2.6.6 FGC SETTIN
NGS AND IND DICATIONS ............................................................................................. 2.13
2.6.7 AUTOPILOOT DISENGAG GE ............................................................................................................ 2.13
2.6.8 FMA CALLOOUTS ......................................................................................................................... 2.13
2.7 CO
OMUNICATIO ONS ................................................................................................................................... 2.14
2.7.1 COMPANYY OPERATION NS FREQUENCY ...................................................................................... 2.14
2.7.2 COCKPIT‐TTO‐GROUND COMMUNIC CATIONS ............................................................................. 2.14
2.7.3 EMERGENCY COMMUN NICATIONS ............................................................................................. 2.14
2.7.4 STANDAR COMUNICATTION WITH C CABIN CREW ....................................................................... 2.15
2.8 NOORMAL CHEC CKLISTS ............................................................................................................................. 2.15
2.8.1 CHECKLISTT INTERRUPTTIONS ...................................................................................................... 2.15
2.8.2 HOW TO EEXECUTE THEE CHECKLISTSS ......................................................................................... 2.15
2.8.3 “STANDBYY” CHECKLISTT ITEM RESPO ONSE .................................................................................. 2.17
2.8.4 LOGICAL B
BREAKS IN TH HE CHECKLISTT ........................................................................................ 2.17
2.8.5 CHALLENGGES WITH VA ARIABLE RESP PONSES .............................................................................. 2.17
2.8.6 ITEMS RESSPONDED BY BOTH PILOTTS ....................................................................................... 2.17
2.8.7 FLOW PATTTERNS ....................................................................................................................... 2.18
2.8.8 DASH 8‐Q4400 NORMAL CHECKLISTTS ........................................................................................ 2.24
 

 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.4
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
 
2.9 TCAAS ......................................................................................................................................................... 2.26
2.9.1 T
TRAFFIC ALER RT / RESOLUT TION ADVISO ORY.............................................................................................. 2.26
2.10 EG
GPWS WARN
NINGS .............................................................................................................................. 2.26
2.11 CR
REW INCAPA
ACITATION ....................................................................................................................... 2.27
2.12 MINIMUM FUEL ............................................................................................................................... 2.27
2.1
12.1 MINIMU
UM LANDING G FUEL .................................................................................................... 2.27
2.1
12.2 MINIMU
UM FUEL IN FLIGHT ................................................................................................... 2.27
2.1
12.3 EMERGENCY FUEL ................................................................................................................. 2.28
2.13 APU OPERATION ................................................................................................................................... 2.28
2.1
13.1 APU USSE POLICIES ................................................................................................................. 2.28
2.1
13.2 APU LIM
MITATIONS ................................................................................................................. 2.28
2.14 DE ICE ANTI IC
CE POLICY ......................................................................................................................... 2.28
AFETY BRIEFIING .................................................................................................................................. 2.29
2.15 SA
2.16 CO
OCKPIT BRIEFING ................................................................................................................................ 2.30
2.17 DISRUPTIVE P
PASSENGERS ................................................................................................................... 2.31
2.1
17.1  Catego
ory 1 .......................................................................................................................... 2.31
2.1
17.2  Catego
ory 2 .......................................................................................................................... 2.31
2.1
17.3  Catego
ory 3 .......................................................................................................................... 2.32
2.18 TA
AXI AND RUN
NWAY INCUR
RSIONS ....................................................................................................... 2.33
2.19  DESACTIVA
ACIÓN DE CIR
RCUIT BRAKE
ER CVR Y FDR
R ......................................................................... 2.33

 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.5
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
2.1 USE OF AUTOMAT
A ION
The Dash 8 is equ uipped with a dual Autom matic Flight Control Systtem (AFCS) with Autopilot, Yaw
Dampe er, and Fligh
ht Director Functions.
F T
The auto-fligh a designed to decrease Pilot
ht systems are
worklo
oad and increease fuel efficciency in all flight regimees.

Howevver, this autoomation can lead to lack of Situationaal Awarenesss, unless bo oth pilots are
e always
aware of the airplaane’s status and
a flight condition. Autoomation shouuld always be e monitored by both
pilots cconstantly with
w strict adh herence to thhe S.O.P’s and
a callouts.. This is adv visable as too ensure
both ppilots maintain an excelle
ent Situationaal Awarenesss. The Fligh
ht Crew mon nitors the auttomated
flight a
and navigatiion systems by cross-checking the mode control panel sta atus, observving the
resultss of any mode changes, supervising
s the
t resulting guidance an nd aircraft ressponse.

To thiss extent, anyy message displayed


d on
n the Advisorry Display, must
m be calle
ed out by the PF or
PM.

It is recommended d that the capptain makes clear who iss flying the aircraft
a at all times,
t no ma
atter if it
is beinng hand-flow wn or if the AAutopilot is engaged.
e The
e PF must notify
n the PMM when disengaging
the A/P P or Flight Director, by sa
aying “Autopilot Disengag
ged” or “Flighht Director Standby”.
S

During
g AP operatiion, the PF must have his safety belts b fastene
ed in order to
t be in possition to
resumee manual co
ontrol of the aircraft
a if the AP disengag
ges.

2.1.1 AUTOMA
ATIC FLIGH
HT CONTRO
OL SYSTEM
M
A duall Automatic Flight Control System (A AFCS) is insstalled on th he DHC-8 Q4 400. Each separate
s
AFCS may be visu ualized as consisting
c of three basic sub-system ms: Flight Dirrector, Yaw Damper
and Auutopilot. These systems may be used d individuallyy, or, in conjunction with each other, as aids
to redu
uce the workkload of the fllight crew.

LIMITA
ATIONS
1. AFCS is appro oved for autoopilot approaaches to CAT T I limits onlyy.
2. APPR mode, autopilot eng gaged approaches, is approved for:
a.. Flap 0° (minimum altitu ude: 1,000 ft AGL),
b.. Flap 5°, 100° and 15° (M MS 4---12609 91),
c.. Flap 15° (ppre MS 4---12 26091).
3. Use of Flap 35 5° in APPR mode,
m autopilot engaged, is prohibiteed.
4. WWith MS 4---126091 not in ncorporated, flight directo
or only approoaches are prohibited.
5. Autopilot must be disenga aged in severre icing.
6. During autopillot operation, the pilot mu ust be seated d at the controls with harrness secured.
7. Use of VOR without
w assocciated DME is prohibited in APPR mo ode.
8. Affter take-off or
o go-around d, the minimuum height for autopilot en ngagement iss 1,000 feet AGL.
9. Fo or non-precission approacches the auto opilot must be
b disengage ed at or abovve 200 ft AGL
L.
10. Fllight in condiitions of seve
ere atmospheric turbulen nce with the autopilot
a enggaged is proh
hibited.
11. An autopilot approach
a musst not be com
mmenced or continued with w an inoperative engine e.

NOTE:
The auto
opilot must be
e disengaged
d at or above
e 1,000 ft AG
GL.

12. Autopilot and flight directo


or only approoaches are approved
a forr glide slope
e angles of 2.5°
2 to a
m
maximum of 4°.
4
13. Autopilot apprroaches havve been dem monstrated inn crosswind components s up to 18 kn
nots (15
nots pre MS 4---126091). This is not considered limiting.
kn
14. O
On precision approaches,
a the autopilo
ot must be disengaged att or above a minimum alttitude of
20
00 ft AGL.
 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.6
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
FLIGH HT DIRECTO OR (FD)
To red duce crew work load and improv ve safety, use of the Flight Dire ector / Auto opilot is
recommended from m initial clim
mb out to fin nal approachh. During no ormal operations the PF F should
select the Flight Guidance
G Coontroller (FGGC) to his orr her side. Selected
S AFCCS modes must
m be
med on the PFD’s.
confirm P
When the PF contrrols the airplane manually, the PM no ormally seleccts the AFCS
S modes as directed
d
by the PF.
The Flight Directoor should be used for most m phases of flight. Wh hen the Flight Director is
i being
used, ccare must be
e taken to en nsure it is pro
oviding correct command ds.

2.1.1.1
1 YAW DAMPER
D (Y
YD)
The Ya aw Damper provides turrn coordination and addss stability on n its yaw axiss. The YD does
d not
providee a rudder trim
t function
n. The PF manually
m uses rudder trim
m to maintaiin coordinate
ed flight
following airspeed and power changes.
c
Both F FGMs opera ate under normal
n condditions, and both YD anda ows are illuminated
AP arro
constaantly, so there
e is no manuual selection between cha ded as in earlier models.
annels provid

2.1.1.2
2 AUTOPILOT (AP)
When the PF engages or disengages the t Autopilot (AP) he or o she shou uld announcce: "AP
ENGA AGED" or "AP DISENGA AGED".
When the Autopilott is engaged the PF shou uld control alll AFCS mod des.
Minimuum height for Autopilot engagement after a take-offf or go-aroun nd is 1000 ft AGL. A
Select flight guidan
nce modes as a required.
AP Puushbutton............................................................................................................Press
Checkk AP advisory uminate and AP is displayyed on PFD’s.
y pointers illu

NOTES
S:
1. In the evvent of an en ngine failure disengage th
he autopilot.
Except for approach, th he autopilot may
m be re-en ngaged follow wing re-trimmming.
2. If HSI trransfer is selected, all flig
ght guidance
e modes will disengage anda the autopilot will
revert to ba asic lateral and
a pitch mod des.
Re-select flight
f guidancce modes ass required folllowing HSI transfer.
t
3. With the autopilot engaged, POWER and SPEED cha anges may require the pilot to
manually re-trim the rudder. Trimm ming should be
b accomplisshed with TC CS button preessed or
autopilot disengaged.
4. If FD XX XX (NAV or ADC)A DATA A INVLD messsage appears on PFD, select s an alte
ernative
flight guida
ance mode or o press STBY Y on FGCP tot clear the message.
m
5. To de-s select altitude e mode, pre ess and hold the ALTSEL pushbutton n for greaterr than 1
second.

2.1.1.2
2.1 Au
utopilot Opeeration in Tu
urbulence
Disenggage Autopilot in severe turbulence. The Autopilo
ot is approve
ed for norma
al operationss in light
or modderate turbulence only.

2.1.1.2
2.2 Au
utopilot Appproach
Flap should
s be exxtended to approach se
etting 5°, 100° or 15° beefore glide slope
s capturre on a
precisiion approach
h or before co m descent alttitude (MDA).
ommencing final descentt to minimum

2.3
2.1.1.2 Altitude Selec ct
Chang ges of selecte
ed altitude sh
hould be follo
owed by seleection of Altittude Select (ALT
( SEL) on the
FGC (unless the ALTA SEL hass already bee en selected)). ALT SEL shall
s be visually confirme
ed by
both pilots on the PFD’s.
P
 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.7
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
2.1.2 LEVELS OF AUTOM
MATION
The following are the four levels of automattion observed for the DAS
SH-8 operation:

1. No automattion at all, ha
and flying witthout FD.
2. Use of FD
3. Use of FD and
a Autopilott
4. Use of FD, Autopilot, annd FMS Late eral and/or Ve
ertical modess of navigatio
on.

NOTE: If pilots fe eel unsure a about the aircraft’s navig


gation statuss or have confusion
c abbout the
automa ation modess operating, they should d revert to LEVEL
L 1 of automation.. This may also be
requireed when AT TC instructs last-minute changes w while flying in
n terminal areas,
a during
g which
divertin
ng the attenttion to the AF
FCS may commpromise sittuational awa areness.

When operating in n the lowest level of auto omation, goood crew com mmunicationss and efficient CRM
skills a
are crucial to
o maintain both
b pilots in good situattional awareness. It is highly recommmended
that duuring cruise in IFR/IMC conditions
c n the lowest level of auto
in P and PM verbally
omation the PF
keep tthemselves aware
a aboutt each otherr’s actions in
n the cockpitt, even those that are not
n flight
relatedd. This is paarticularly he
elpful to botth the PF an nd the PM, who are fo ocused on th he flight
instrumments and AT TC communiications/checcklists respectively, to immprove situatiional awaren
ness.

2.1.3 AUTO FL
LIGHT
Normaally all action
ns performed d on FGCU/M MCDU have to be crosscchecked by both pilots on
o FMA,
PFD aand MFD. On nly those inpputs, which are
a not indiccated on these LCD’s, are crosscheccked on
the MC
CDU screen itself. Entrie es on the MCCDU done by b the PM arre checked by
b the PF w
when the
PM haas completed d this task, an
nd not while he is perform
ming the entrry.

2.2 CONTRO
OL TRANS
SFER POL
LICY
When a pilot trans es the flight deck, a minimum of one
sfers control of the aircrraft or leave e pilot
continuously mainntains:

 Unobstruucted accesss to the fligh


ht controls
 Alertnesss and situatiional awaren
ness

PILOT FLYING PIL


LOT MONITORING

Informs the PM of the aircraft'ss current flyying


status (altitude
( being held, cliimbing to ___,_
descend ding to ___, heading bein ng held, turn
ning
to ___, tracking
t ___ radial, etc.)

"YOU HA
AVE CONTRO
OL"
"I HAVE
E CONTROL""
"YOU HA
AVE CONTRO
OL"

PILOT FL
LYING PILOT MONITORING
M G

FOR AUT
TOMATIZATIO
ON LEVELS 3 AND 4
Informs the
t PM of thee aircraft's currrent flying status
(flying to,, climbing to o
or descending g to, Navigatiion
Mode, Le evel 3 or Leve el 4)

"YOU HAVE CONTR


ROL"
"I HA
AVE CONTR
ROL"
"YOU HAVE CONTR
ROL"
 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.8
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
2.3 CREW COORDINA
C ATION
2.3.1 CREW COMPOSIT
C TION

Minim
mum Flight CrewC
The mminimum fligh ht crew for normal operration of the e DASH 8 Q400 Q is one pilot qualifie
ed as a
comma ander and a second pilott qualified ass a first office
er.
For paassenger carrrying operations a minimum of two qu ualified cabin
n attendants is required.
Crew S Seats
Two piilot seats andd one observver seat are provided on the flight deck. One forw ward cabin atttendant
seat iss provided in the forward cabin and on ne aft cabin seat
s is provid
ded in the re
ear cabin secction.

2.3.2 CREW DESIGNAT


D TION
Crew co-ordination
c n is an esse
ential part off every succcessful flight. It is the re
esponsibility of each
crew mmember to be
b familiar with
w his/her responsibilitie
r es and exec cute them in a professio onal and
timely manner. Ea
ach member of the crew must also b be familiar with responsib bilities of oth
her crew
membe ers.

2.3.3 CHAIN OF
O COMMAND
In orde
er of priority:
1. Pilot-in-ccommand (P
PIC)
2. Second--in-command d or copilot/F
First Officer (2
2IC or F/O)
3. Senior Cabin
C Crew Member
M (CA
A 1).
4. Cabin Crew
C Memberr (CA2 + CA3)

2.3.4 PILOT DU
UTIES
The infflight duties of the pilots are interchangeable. The erefore the te
erminology Pilot
P Flying (P
PF) and
Pilot M
Monitoring (P PM) will be used
u to distin
nguish pilot duties.
d When n the First Officer
O is the PF, the
Comm mander (PIC)) assumes th he PF dutiess until the aeroplane
a is lined up forr take-off and, once
again, takes over PFP duties wh hen the aerop plane has deecelerated to 60 KTS, afte er landing.

The deesignations of authority in STAR PERU P are Piilot In Comm mand (PIC) which is a Captain
seated
d on the left seat
s or a che
eck airman seated
s e right seat, and Second
on the d In Comman nd (SIC)
which is a first officcer seated on
n the right se
eat, or a Capptain undergo oing training on the left se
eat.

For du
uty designatio
on, there is a Pilot Flying
g (PF) and a Pilot Monito
oring (PM). While
W on the ground,
normally the F/O will
w be the PM M and the Ca aptain will be the PF.

Rejectted take off procedure


p shall always be
e initiated an
nd performed
d by PIC LHS
S.

2.3.5 CREW CONCEPT


C / RESOUR
RCE MANAGEMENT
T
One off the fundam
mentals of thee crew conce ept is that eacch crewmem
mber must be
e able to supp
plement
or act as a backupp for the othher crewmem mber. To thaat end, each crewmembe er should haave well
defined
d and specifiic responsibiilities in the cockpit.
c

It has been found that crews who w are more e effective performers co
ommunicate more, ackno owledge
informaation, use th heir checklistts, use standdardized proccedures and practice goo od cockpit diiscipline
and sittuational awa areness. The ey use all the resources and informa ation available to conducct a safe
and eff
fficient flight operation.
o
 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.9
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
PF AND PM DU
UTIES
Dependingg on the leve
el of automaation being fllown, crew duties
d vary slightly.
s The PF and
PM’s funda
amental dutie
es are as follows:

CREW DU
UTIES WIT
TH THE AUT
TOPILOT ENGAGED
E
When the A/P is enga aged the PF should makke all selectio
ons on the FGC
F panel to
t attain
aircraft control. The PM
P should beb aware off the PF sellections and d both pilots should
constantly monitor any changes in the FMA.

PF duties::
 Call for Checklists
 Cabin Communicattions
 Manag ge autopilot operation
o
 Navigaate

PM duties
s:
 Checkklist completiion
 ATC and
a Compan ny Communiccations
 Make altitude Pre--selector cha anges
 Monitoor system & aircraft confiiguration
 Crossscheck pilot flying
f actionss to provide backup
b when
n needed.

UTIES WIT
CREW DU TH THE AUT
TOPILOT NOT
N ENGAGED
When hand flying the aircraft,
a the PF
P can request to the PMM to engage
e the inputs required
r
CS as require
on the AFC ed i.e. “Altitu
ude Pre-Selector 14.000, Heading 254
4, and Coursse 314”.

PF duties::
 Call for Checklists
 Cabin Communicattions
 Hand fly
f the aircrafft
 Navigaate

PM duties
s:
 Checkklist completiion
 ATC and
a Compan ny Communiccations
 Setting FGC and altitude
a Pre-sselector channges as requ
uested by the
e PF
 Monitoor system & aircraft confiiguration
 Crossscheck pilot flying
f actionss to provide backup
b whenn needed.

CREW DU
UTIES IN EMERGENC
E CIES
During emergencies thhe primary crrew duties are the same as above, except
e when the PM
is executiing an emergency ch hecklist, whe
ere the PF F may take e charge of
o ATC
communica ations and se
et the various FGC comm mands as woorkload perm
mits.
 
2.3.6 CREW COORDINA
C ATION TABLES
Standa ardization of crew comm
munications iss desired to increase thee efficiency of
o crew coorrdination
during times of higgh workload. Standard ca allouts are an
a example ofo standard phraseology
p used to
conveyy vital inform
mation with a minimum number of words that have an exxact meanin ng to all
crewm members.
All standard phraseology is inccluded in the
e crew coordination tablees in this doccument. Item
ms found
inside a grey sha aded box are CALLOU UTS, and ite ems inside a white boxx are ACTIO ONS or
INDICA ATIONS. On ne or more ite
ems includedd inside a th
hick black borderline indiccate CONDITTIONAL
 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.10
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
actionss and callou
uts that are only perforrmed when a certain condition
c exists, which appears
a
underlined. Refer to
t figure 2-1 and the following expla
anation to un
nderstand the crew coorrdination
tables::
Example (Not
( to be us
sed for flight)
PILOOT FLYING PILOT MONITORING
Upon touchdoown
A
Apply Discing
g, and Reve
erse as
re
equired
Obseerve 60 KIAS on the IAS tape
"60 KNOTS"

Iff the First Offficer was the pilot flying:


CAAPTAIN FIRST OFFICER
O
"YOU HAVE CON NTROL"
" HAVE CONTROL, CON
"I NTROL
L
LOCK"
Set the
t Control Lo
ock

Figure 2-1

 Unshaded boxes include ACTIONS S or EVENT TS. In this ca


ase, after an initial event occurs,
which is “ttouchdown”, the PF exe ecutes an acction, which is applying DISC and reverse.r
Then the PM
P observess another eve ent, which is 60 KIAS on the IAS tape e.
 The shade ed boxes encclose CALLO OUTS, which h in this case
e is “60 KNO OTS”, which is called
by the PM after observving 60 KIAS on the IAS ttape.
 The thick borderline
b booxes enclosee CONDITIONAL ACTION NS. In this case, the conndition is
whether thhe First Office g or not. If the F/O was fllying, then all the items included
er was flying
in the shad
ded box musst be execute ed, which in this
t case is a control tran
nsfer.

Safetyy demands th hat all crewm members remain aware of aircraft position,
p altittude and insstrument
indicattions during flight. One method
m of acchieving thiss is to adoptt a system of
o standard calls
c not
only to o reduce ammbiguity but also to redu uce unnecesssary converrsation durin ng critical ph
hases of
flight ssuch as take--off, approacch and landin
ng.

2.4 FMS DAT TA


It is ne
ecessary to verify
v that the
e DATA is updated befo
ore entering any
a informattion to the FM
MS.
On GR ROUND, FPL page musst be program mmed in a single
s FMS and then ve erified by botth pilots
using tthe XFILL opption respecttively (SID, ROUTE,
R etc.)) and shall be
e crosscheckked with JET T PLAN.
BOTH pilots will prrogram FUEL L page. Theyy will enter Alternate
A fuel,, holding fuel (final reservve fuel).
nsert N° of PAX
After in P and carrgo, SIC ann nounce ZFW and TOW, which w will be
e crosscheckked with
load shheet. Then both
b pilots pre
epares TO data
d conditionn. (Speeds, FLAP
F set, etc
c.)

In FLIGGHT, Any ch hanges to thee FMS flight plan shall bee checked by y both flight crewmembe
c rs. FMS
will only be operateed by one cre
ewmember at a the time in
n order to minnimize “head d down time”.
Chang ges shall be made
m on PF FMS first by y PM and on n PM FMS th hereafter. Lisst function sh
hould be
used extensively
e to
o minimize data entry errrors.
The Ca all-up of FMCC display pages for gettinng informatio
on on flight data
d or the prrogress of flig
ght, any
pilot m
may call up anny appropriate page, deppending on prevailing workload.
(Recom mmended: PF P  NAV an nd PM  FU UEL page).

 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.11
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
To mo onitor the Na avigation Peerformance , it is necesssary to be aware
a that any
a error in the FMS
positio
on will affect not only the Aircraft position, but also
o the position
n of all navaids displayed
d on the
HSI. PPeriodic independent cross checks of FMS positiion should be b made, parrticularly in areas
a of
sparsee radio aids.
Whene ever the currrent navigatio
on leg is valid (TO wayp
point displaye
ed on the Na
avigation Page) and
ain, the HSI flag will be out
the position is certa o of view and
a the desired track and d related data
a will be
displayyed.
Roll steering outpu uts for flight guidance
g will be available if the navig
gation leg annd velocity are valid.
Velocitty will be valid if IRS veloocities or heaading and TAAS are availa able to the navigation
n coomputer.
Once coupled
c to th
he autopilot, the FMS willw navigate the t aircraft along
a a great circle leg between
b
plan waypoints. Care sho
flight p ould be taken n when couplling to the auutopilot.
In mosst cases after takeoff, the e aircraft will be some disstance from the
t first leg on
o the flight plan
p and
couplinng can result in a major heading cha ange as the FMS steers the aircraft to t a 45° inteercept of
the acttive FROM-T TO leg.
Some differences may be ob bserved betw ween FMS displayed
d co
ourses and those publisshed on
aerona autical chartss. Aeronauticcal charts are published using the VO OR radials th hat define the route,
wherea as the FMS displays the e computed course usin ng local mag gnetic variatioon. Flight Pllan legs
with XXXX° displays may vary from the pu ublished data a by the am mount of diffe erence between the
definin
ng VOR faciliity declination (i.e., the angle formed between the e VOR 0° rad dial and Truee North)
and thhe magnetic variation at the originatting waypoin nt. Magneticc variation co onstantly shifts with
time, wwhereas the station decllination is co onstant until the station is realigned.. Station decclination
may vvary by seve eral degrees from local magnetic va ariation, depeending upon n how long ago the
station
n was realign ned with locaal variation. Legs
L that havve CRS XXX X° or HDG XXX°
X displayss on the
Flight Plan Pages should agree e with the puublished data a on the cha arts, since theese are provvided as
part off the Navigattion Databasse and are not computed d by the FMS S. Informatioon on the Navigation
Pages for the curre ent leg are displayed
d usiing the curreent position magnetic
m varriation so the
e proper
desired d track is diisplayed at all times using the mag gnetic referenced instrum ments on bo oard the
aircraft
ft. Minor diffe
erences betw ween the FM MS computed d courses and those on the t published d charts
have nno effect on navigation accuracy,
a sin
nce the FMS provides its s position solutions based solely
on latittude/longitud
de calculationns.
2.5 STERILE COCKPIT
T
Crews must refrain
n from all non
n–essential distracting
d co
onversation and
a activitiess during the take
t off,
ach and land
approa ding phases. A sterile cockpit must be maintain ned when be elow 10,000 ft AGL.
During n ending the sterile cockp
g climb, when pit press the CHIME to in
nform the Flig
ght Attendannts.

2.6 S
STANDAR
RD CALLO
OUTS FOR ALL PHA
ASES OF FLIGHT
F
The foollowing table
es outline a series of staandard calls that can bee used to enh hance safetyy during
VFR a and IFR operrations. The PF or PM will w accomplissh the appro opriate call based
b on insstrument
indicattions or obse
ervations for the condition outlined in
n the table an
nd the other pilot) will ve
erify and
acknow wledge the call.
c If the Pilot that shou
uld make the t required callout,
e callout doess not make the
the PFF shall make it when belo ow 500 ft AGLL.

2.6.1 Deviation
n From Flig
ght Parame
eters
Obsservations Calll (PM) Re
esponse (PF))
Any time bankk angle exceed
A ds 30° "BAN
NK" "CO
ORRECTING""
H
Heading deviaation +/- 10° "HEA
ADING" "CO
ORRECTING""
S
Speed Deviations + 10 / - 0
"SPE
EED" "CO
ORRECTING""
K
KNOTS
A Deviations +/- 100 ft
ALT "ALT
TITUDE" "CO
ORRECTING""

 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.12
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
2.6.2 Altimeterr Settings C
Change
Whene ever a new altimeter se
etting is rece
eived, both pilots must acknowledg
ge and set the
t new
setting
g as follows:
PILOT
T IDENTIFYING
G A NEW
OTHER PIL
LOT
ALT
TIMETER SETTTING
"ALTIMMETERS ______ __ "
Set the altimeter setting
g

Se
et the new altim meter setting, and a visually co
onfirm the
se
etting with the otther pilot's altim
meter

"_
_______ , CROS
SS CHECK"
Visuallyy verify the otther pilot's
setting is coincident
"CROSS
S CHECK"

2.6.3 Standard
d Call Proce
edures Clim
mb and De
escent
The fo
ollowing callo
outs involve changes
c in altitudes
a thatt are importa
ant for every phase of flig
ght, and
they sh
hould be ma ade by the PFF whenever the PM is un naware of the e observatio
on and doesn n’t make
the appropriate calllout.
Obs
servations Call (PM) R
Response (PF
F)
"TRANSIT TION
Appproaching 29.92 / 101
"2 13 SET, CR
ROSS
ALTITUDE E, 29.92 /
tran
nsition altitude CHECKED"
C
1013"
Clim
mb or Descent “8000 for 9000”
“ALTITUDE SEL
LECTED”
(100
00 ft to go) “1000 to go”
g
“LEAVING
G FL 190
Altittude Change “ALTITUDE SEL
LECTED”
FOR 3000
0”

2.6.4 STANDARD CALL PROCEDUR


P RES FINAL
L APPROAC
CH FIX INB
BOUND
Obs
servations Call (PM) Response (P
PF)
Spee
ed Deviations VAPP + 10 / - 0 KN
NOTS "BANK" "CORRECTIN
NG"
Rate
e of descent excceeds 1000 ft/m
min "SINK RATE" "CORRECTIN
NG"

Firstt positive movem


ment of localizer bar "LOCALIZER
R ALIVE” "CHECK"

1 do
ot localizer devia
ation “LOCALIZER
R” "CORRECTIN
NG"
Firstt positive movem
ment of glide slo
ope “GLIDESLOP
PE ALIVE” "CHECK"
1 do
ot glideslope dev
viation “GLIDESLOP
PE” "CORRECTIN
NG"
"CORRECTIN NG
VOR
R approach –one half (1/2) DOT
T left or right “TRACK”
LEFT / RIGHT
T"
"CORRECTIN NG
NDB
B approach – 5° left or right of track “TRACK”
LEFT / RIGHT
T"
1000
0 ft above field elevation
e "1000" "CHECK"
500 ft above field ellevation "500" "CHECK"
"CHECK,
100 ft above minimu
ums "APPROACH
HING MINIMUM
MS"
CONTINUINGG"
At D
DA with visual co
ontact "MINIMUMS, VISUAL" "LANDING"
At D
DA with no visua
al contact "MINIMUMS, NO CONTACTT" "GO AROUND D
"MINIMUMS, __ SECONDDS (or miles) "CHECK,
At M
MDA or MDH
TO GO" CONTINUINGG"
At M
MAP, with visual contact "MISSED APPPROACH POIN
NT, VISUAL" "LANDING"
"MISSED APPROACH
A POINT, NO
At M
MAP, no visual contact
c "GO AROUND
D"
CONTACT"
At FA
AF "FAF, ALT CHECK"
C "CROSS CHE
ECK"
 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.13
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
2.6.5 Standard
d Call Proce
edures Lan
nding
Ob
bservations Call (PM) Re
esponse (PF))
La
anding flare an
nd touchdown "5 DEGRE EES" “C
CHECK”
"6 DEGRE EES” “C
CORRECTING G”

2.6.6 FGC SET


TTINGS AND INDICAT
TIONS
The PPM should call c out any indication th hat appears on the FM MA wheneverr it is autom matically
displayyed. If the PM
M fails to nottice an indica
ation, the PF will call out the appropria
ate indication
n.

OB
BSERVATION
N ON
CALLOUT
FMA
ALT* "ALT TITUDE CAPTTURE"
ALT "AALTITUDE HO OLD"
VOR* "V
VOR CAPTUR RE"
VOR "
"VOR TRACKK"
"LOCALIZERR
LOC*
CAPTURE"
LOC "LOCALIZER TRA ACK"
"
"GLIDE SLOPPE
GS*
CAPTURE"
"
"GLIDE SLOPPE
GS
TRACK"
"VVOR APPROA ACH
VOR APP*
CAPTURE"
"VVOR APPROA ACH
VOR APP
TRACK"
VOR OS "VOR R OVER STATTION"
"P
PITCH VERTIC CAL
PITCH
MODE"
LNAV "LNAV"
VNAV (white) "V
VNAV ARMED"
VNAV (green
n) "V
VNAV ACTIVVE"

Also, wwhenever thee PF selectss any mode in i the FGC, he/she shou
uld callout the mode sele
ected by
calling out the apprropriate indiccation appea
aring on the FMA.
F

EVENT PF CALLLOUT PM RES


SPONSE
PF selec cts a lateral and/or "Se
etting heading 060, IAS 17
70
"CHECK"
vertical mode
m on the FG
GC ALT SEL"
S

When the AFCS is


s coupled to the
t FMS, the ettings made to the FMS such as
e PF should callout all se
VNAV parameters,, HDG and INNTERCEPT selections, and
a route cha anges.

2.6.7 AUTOPIL
LOT DISENGAGE

When Autopilot dis


sengage, refe
ers to QRH, page 6.5.

2.6.8 FMA CAL


LLOUTS

The en o LOC*, GS**, ALT* shall be announcced by the PM


ngagement of M and ALT SEL
S by PF
 

 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.14
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
2.7 COMUNIC
CATIONS
The PM M will conduct ATC and Company co ommunications, and the PF will conduct commun nications
with thhe Cabin creew. During high
h workloa
ad phases of
o flight for the
t PM, succh as in emeergency
situatio
ons, the PF may conduct ATC com mmunicationss to distribute flight deck
k workload as
a good
CRM practices.
p

Read b back of ATCC instructionss and clearan


nces shall bee monitored and confirmmed by both pilots to
ensuree mutual (flig
ght crew) understanding of clearance es accepted. Such clearrances shall include
new assigned altittude/flight level, speed, heading, veertical speed, reference for altimeterr setting
and rooutes/way-po oint (s) chan
nges. In adddition speciall attention shall be mad
de in areas of high-
terrain.

ATC CLEA ARANCES


Both crewmmembers should listen to o ATC cleara P will read back the cle
ances. The PM earance
to ATC an nd then PF will acknow wledge read back clearaances by repeating it to the PM.
C clearance to unsure understanding whenever iss in doubt re
Crew shalll clarify ATC egarding
the clearan
nce or instrucction receive
ed.

2.7.1 COMPAN
NY OPERAT
TIONS FRE
EQUENCY

Norma al communica ations with ATC


A will be done
d using the
t VHF COM 1 radio, and
a the VHF COM 2
radio w
will be used for receiving g ATIS and for companyy or other airport agency frequencie
es. As a
defaultt, leave the
e COM 2 ra adio with co ompany freq
quency activve and 127.90 ATIS, or
o 121.5
(emerggency) on intternational flights in stand
dby.

STAR PERU estab blishes as a company VHF frequenccy 124.95 MH


HZ inside the
e national te
erritories
and is only for operations purpo
oses.

STAR PERU does not operate abroad operations frequ uencies; such h frequency serves
s otherr airlines
ating passen
as well for coordina nger boarding
g, flight plan filing, and otther required
d ground servvices.

2.7.2 COCKPIT
T-TO-GROU
UND COMM
MUNICATIO
ONS
The Caaptain will peerform all co
ommunication
ns between the cockpit and
a ground crew.
c When there is
a malfunction or abnormal situation with the cockkpit-to-groun nd communication, it must
m be
immeddiately reportted.

IMPOR RTANT: Whenever fue eling the aircraft


a with
h passenge ers on boa ard, cockpitt-ground
commu unication must
m first be
e establishe ed prior to beginning the t fueling process, and one
crewm member will re
emain seated in the flight deck monittoring ground
d communicaations until fu
ueling is
finishe
ed.

2.7.3 EMERGE
ENCY COMMUNICATIONS
To decclare an eme
ergency procceed according to the se
eriousness off the event affecting
a the flight as
followss:

“MAYD DAY MAYDA AY MAYDAY Y”: For any situation tha n immediate threat to the
at involves an e aircraft
or its occupants
o tha
at requires im
mmediate asssistance

“PAN PAN PAN”:: A condition n involving a threat to the aircraft or its occupants but that does
d not
require
e immediate assistance

 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.15
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
2.7.4 STANDAR COMUNIICATION WITH
W CABIN
N CREW

 The PM wiill normally handle


h all com
mmunications with the ca
abin crew.
 For normal communica ation use the
e CALL button to contact the cabin cre
ew.
 The seniorr cabin crewm
member will respond on the
t interphon ne.
 During em
mergency situations, standardized ccommunicatio on between the Pilots and
a the
Cabin Creww Member(s) is essential.
NO
OTE: SEE AP PENDIX A

2.8 NO
ORMAL CH
HECKLISTS
S
Checkklists providee crewmemb bers with a mean of sstandardizing g flight decck procedurees, and
represent an aid to
o the memorry to ensure that
t critical p
procedures are
a carried out in every phase
p of
flight. Checklists are a fundaamental element for co onducting saafe flight opperations an
nd their
effectivveness depeends primarily on proper usage by the crewme embers. Norm mal Proceduures are
performmed by ‘challenge and re
esponse’, ‘rea
ad and do’, or
o silent acco
ording to 2.7.2.

It’s very importantt that crewm


members havve discipline ed checklist--reading hab bits. Checklisst items
shouldd never be committed
c s
solely to memory since this could result
r in pilo
ot error. Com
mpleting
checklist items by memory durring high worrkloads can result
r in critical items being left out, aand this
may put the aircraaft in an unnecessarily unsafe
u config
guration, or may
m leave im mportant datta being
overloooked. Crewmmembers sho ould be awaare that a conscious read ding of everyy checklist ittem is a
simplee and flawless method to reduce human error from m cockpit proocedures.

STAR PERU estab


blishes its ow hecklists, bassed on the QRH’s normal checklists.
wn normal ch

2.8.1 CHECKLIST INTERRUPTIONS


S
Interru
uptions duringg checklist reeading are coommon, and d should be taaken into account. Everyy person
that may interact directly with thhe flight crew
w may lead to
o interrupting
g a checklistt such as the ATC or
CCO, Flight Attend e dispatcherrs, ground crrew, aircraft technicians, or ground support
dants, airline
personnnel.
The aircraft itself represents
r another possible cause of
o interruption ns when une expected ind dications
are shoown to the flight crew during checklisst reading.

When a checklist has


h been inte errupted, it iss strongly reccommended that the che ecklist is not stowed
and instead it should be kept in hand untiil it is possib ble to resumee the list. If keeping hold d of the
checklist is not posssible, other reminding cues should be b used suchh as placing the checklisst on the
pedesttal console, or
o placing a note in the control
c colummn pad. When n resuming the checklist after an
interruption, the last challenge must be rep peated to asssure all item
ms were cove ered. Whene ever the
pilots a
are unsure as to where th he checklist wasw interrupted, start thee checklist froom the begin nning.

Ground d crew and support perssonnel shou uld always be e aware of the
t various procedures that
t are
being carried out by
b the crew, and should not to engag ge in converrsations with crewmembe ers until
they have finished their proced dures and acknowledge their presen nce. Flight atttendants sh
hould be
aware of the different workload ds presentedd to the flightt deck crew during differrent phases of
o flight,
and vicce versa, to ensure
e that essential
e cab
bin/flight deck proceduress are not inteerrupted.

2.8.2 HOW TO EXECUTE


E THE CHEC
CKLISTS
Checkklists can be e accomplish hed by either the Challenge-and-R o by the Do-Verify
Response, or
methodds. A Cockpit Procedure (flow patttern) can be b executing g before rea
ading the ch
hecklists
regard
dless of the tyype of checkklist.
 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.16
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
In the Challenge-and-Respon nse techniqu ue first both pilots execcute a cockpit Procedurre (flow
n). Then the
pattern e PM reads the checklisst item (challenge), the pilot that moves m the sw
witch or
control responds the
t appropria ate action (rresponse), and both mem mbers will verify that the
e action
was taaken according to the checklist. This method requires both crewmemberss to take acttive part
during the entire checklist reading pro ocess, thus being morre comprehe ensive and adding
redunddancy. This method,
m how
wever, is morre time-consu uming and reequires the PF
P to deviatee his/her
attentio
on to the che
ecklist, which
h is not conve enient during
g certain pha
ases of flight..

The Do-Verify metthod is faste er and allowss for higher efficiency in performing cockpit proccedures,
especiially during high worklo oad phases of flight. FirstF a cockp pit Procedurre (flow patttern) is
executted, and the en the PM re eads the che ecklist out looud and verrifies that all actions havve been
perform
med. The ma ain advantag
ge of this method is that thet PF doesn n’t deviate his/her attentiion from
flying the aircraft and tasks are evenly distributed. The downsside is that there’s deccreased
redunddancy and th herefore a grreater potenttial for itemss being left out,
o so it’s im mportant that the PM
recognnizes his/herr increased responsibility
r y in Do-Veriffy checklistss. To maintain a certain level of
redunddancy, some e items on thee Do-Verify Checklists
C are supposed d to be respoonded by botth pilots.
Such iitems are indicated on thet Checklist on the righ ht-most column, and are e also mentioned in
each fllight phase on
o this documment.

Indepe endently of the checklisst reading method,


m the pilot readin ng the checcklist must properly
p
manag ge interruptio
ons. Always before initiatting a checkklist, its full name
n must beb stated as follows:
“BEFO ORE START T checklist…” and proce eed with the e checklist. Also, to verrify the orde erly and
correctt completion of each cheecklist, the PM
M will verballly state the name
n of the checklist completed
as follo
ows: “AFTER R TAKEOFF checklist complete”.
 
The following table
e indicates th
he reading method for each checklist:

CHECKL
LIST READING METHOD
M
FLIGH
HT DECK PRE
EPARATION Read and Do (Flow)
ORIGINATING BEF
FORE START Challenge and Responsse
BEFORE START Challenge and Responsse
STARTT APPROVED
D Challenge and Responsse
Flow and d then, review Challeng ge and
AFTER
R START
Response
Flow and d then, review Challeng ge and
TAXI
Response
LINE UP
U Flow and then, review
Flow and then,
t review Read
R and Do ABOVE
AFTER
R TAKEOFF
1000 FT
CRUIS
SE Read and Do
DESCENT Read and Do
APPROACH Flow and then, review
Challenge and Resp ponse (config guration
LANDING items: flapss, trims, and condition
c leverrs)
Read and Do (remaining g items)
AFTER
R LANDING Flow and then, review
SHUTDOWN Challenge and Responsse
LAST FLIGHT Challenge and Responsse

Given that the Da ash 8 has only


o one nosse steering tiller, during normal gro ound operations the
Captaiin (LHS) is always
a the PF and the First Officer (R
RHS) is alwa
ays the PM. All
A checklistss during
ground
d operations are called for by the Captain
C and read by thee First Office
er while the Captain
conduccts taxi opera
ations.

 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.17
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
While airborne, all checklists are
a called forr by the PF ((Captain or F/O),
F and read by the PM M. Most
switche es are be acctivated by th
he PM in order to keep th
he Pilot Flying focused onn flying the a
airplane,
but if sswitches are ch they may be activated
e not in praccticable reac d by the PF as indicated d in the
Cockpit Procedure es on this document. If at any time th
he pilot in ch
harge of requuesting the cchecklist
forgetss to do so, th
he other pilot should remind him/her o
of the pending checklist.

2.8.3 “STANDB
BY” CHECK
KLIST ITEM
M RESPON
NSE
Checkklists must be e read in order and no ite em should be e left out. When
W an item can’t be ressponded
immed hould be verrbally responded as in “Standby”, and the checklist MUS
diately, it sh ST NOT
progreess until the standby
s item
m has been re esponded. Reading
R pastt an item in standby
s geneerates a
great risk
r that crewwmembers area lead to believe
b that the
t checklistt has been completed,
c b
because
reading g a checklisst to the end generates the t feeling of
o having completed the list. To redu uce this
risk, allways make sure the che ecklist is not read
r past sta
andby items.

One siingular exception to read ding past sta andby items occurs
o during the landing g checklist, when
w
the lan
nding flap setting is differrent than the approach fla ap setting. As
A stated in the
t AFM, the e final
etting should be selected when the landing is assu
flap se ured. Therefoore, the “Flaps” checklistt item
shouldd only verify that
t Approacch Flaps havve been set, and are indicated, and the t checklistt may
progreess without having selecte ed the final flap setting.

It mayy be respon nded as “Flaps 15°, standby 35° and the checklist may be continu ued and
comple eted. It is im
mportant to complete
c the
e list and verrbally state if
i final flaps are still pen
nding as
followss: “Landing Checklist
C com
mplete, stand
dby final flap””.

NOTE: To develop p higher aw wareness in flap


f selection, always fin nish the LAN NDING checcklist by
statingg: “Landing Checklist
C com
mplete, standdby final flap
p” or “Landing Checklist complete,
c fin
nal flaps
set”. Iff delaying the
e flap selectio al flaps are set, state: “Fin
on, once fina nal flap set, Checklist
C commplete”
 
2.8.4 LOGICAL
L BREAKS IN THE CH
HECKLIST
Some checklists su uch as the BEFORE STA ART and TAX XI checklists have a logiccal break thaat allows
partial completion of the checcklist until fuurther action is appropriaate. The Be efore Start Checklist
C
break “Start Approved” should be conducte ed only whenn the crew annd aircraft are ready and cleared
to startt engines. Th
he Taxi checcklist break “Line Up” shoould only be conducted when
w the airccraft has
been ccleared to linne up on thee active runw way for takeeoff. Before conducting such
s checkliists, the
previouus checklist section mustt be complete.

2.8.5 CHALLEN
NGES WITH VARIABL
LE RESPO
ONSES
Checkklist items witth variable re
esponses in the
t written lisst such as “a
as req’d” or “rreviewed” sh
hould be
verballly responded d with the re equired actioon to be takken or appliccable data to t be review wed. For
examp ple: The checcklist challennge “Bleed Air……..as
A re
eq’d” should be responde ed as “On, Max”,
M or
“Min, O
Off”, and nott “As require ed”. Checklisst challengess involving quantities, preessures or aaltimeter
setting
gs, should in
nclude the in ndication on the associated instrume ent. For example: The cchecklist
challen
nge “Emerg Brake/ Pre essure……… …On/check” should be responded as a “On, 250 00 psi”.
Similarr such items are those re elated with:
 Fuel quanttity
 Hydraulic pressure
p
 De-ice pressure
 Altimeter Settings.
S

2.8.6 ITEMS RE
ESPONDED
D BY BOTH
H PILOTS
Both p
pilots must ve
erbally respo
ond Challenge and Respo
onse checklisst items that are critical fo
or flight.
Such checklist
c item
ms are the following:

 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.18
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
 Aircraft Co
onfiguration Changes
C (Landing Gear, Wing Flaps));
 Altimeter bug
b and airsp peed bug setttings
 Altimeter subscale
s setttings
 Altitude (w
window) selecctions
 Transfer off control of th
he aircraft
 Changes to t the Autom mated Flight System (AF FS)/Flight Management
M System (FM
MS) and
radio naviggation aids during the dep parture and or
o approach phases of fliight
 Weight/ma ass and balan nce calculations and associated AFS S/FMS entriess
 Performance calculatio ons or inputs, including AFS/FMS
A entries

For exxample:

PM: nding Gear”


“Lan
PF: “Dow
wn, 3 Green””
PM: “Dow
wn, 3 Green””

Actionss confirmed h pilots musst confirm following aircraft actions and


d by both pilots, both
configu
uration changes:

1. Wingg flaps
2. Landding gear
3. Trim
ms position (fo
or take-off)
4. Any item in norm
mal CL marke ed with B (bo
oth)

2.8.7 FLOW PA
ATTERNS
The usse of flow patterns is an n efficient method of acccomplishing the cockpit setup for no ormal
proceddures in each h phase of fllight. After ru
unning the flo t checklistt must be used to
ow pattern, the
verify tthe setup.
Flow ppatterns are not used for abnormal or o emergenccy procedure es. In case of
o an emerge ency,
accommplish the memory
m item
ms first (if any),
a maintain control ofo the airplaane and call the
approp priate checklist when the situation alloows.

 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.19
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
AFFTER STAR FLO
OW 
CAPT/LHS  CAPT/LHS 
BLEEEDs………………………………… ……..ON/As RRqd
STD BY/PTU ………….….………… ………ON 
CONNDITION LEVVER……………… ………………..M MAX 
D # 3 ISO VALLVE……………..…….OPEN 
HYD
Wait for A
AC GEN lightts goes out
ELEV
VATOR TRAV VEL …………………….. FULL TR
RAVEL
MAAIN BUS TIE……………………………………..O OFF 
HYD
D # 3 ISO VALLVE………………
…………NORM MAL 
ENG
GINE INTAKEE BY PASS DOOOR…..…As R Rqd 
FLAPPS……………… ………………………….…SET 
RUDDDER……………………………… ……...Full Traavel 
RAD
DAR……………… ………………….……….STD BYY 
NOSSE WHEEL STTEERING……… ……………….…ON 
YAW
W DAMPER………………………………ON 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.20
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 

NOTE
E: ACCORD
DING TO TH
HE CHECKKLIST, TAK
KE-OFF CLEARANCE WILL NOT
T BE
ACCE
EPTED UNT
TIL A “CAB
BIN SECUR
RE HAS BEEEN RECIVE
E.

 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.21
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 

 
 

AFTER T/O FLOW


PIC FO
O
AFTER THE LANDING GEEAR UP
ICE PROTECTIOON……………………………AS S REQ FLAPs………………………… ………………… ….0°
ENGG TEMPS & PRESS…………
P ……………CH HECK AUTOFEATHHER ………… ………………… …..OFF
ALT
TIMETERS…… ………………A AT TRANSITIO
ON ALT CLIMB POW
WER…………… ………………… …900 RPM
BLEEDs……………………… ………………… …..ON
STBY HYD PRESS
P & PTU
U CTRL...…….NORM
AT 1
10,000 FT TANK AUX FUEL
F PUMPSS ……………..…OFF
HTS……………………………………………..OFF
LIGH
FASSTEN SEAT BELTS…………
B …………...............OFF
AFTER TAK
KEOFF CHECK
KLIST.

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.22
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 

APPROACH
H FLOW
C
CAPTAIN / PM
M FIRST OF
FFICER / PM
AL
LTIMETERS…
…………………
…..….AT TRANS
AL
LT P CABIN CA
PA ALL :

10
0.000 FT ““TRIPULACIO
ON ASEGUR
RAR CABIN
NA PARA EL
IC
CE PROTECCTION……………………………AS A
ATERRIZAJE””
REQ
LIGHTS………………..……….…
…………………
……….
ON TANK AUX FU
T UEL PUMPS …………………
… ….ON
ASTEN
FA SEAT S
STBY RESS & PTU CTRL……..ON (8NM)
HYD PR
BEELTS………………………………….ON

CA
ALL FOR APPROACH CHECK LIST

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.23
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 

 
 

AFTER LANDING
G FLOW
CAPTAIN//LHS F
FIRST OFFICE
ER/RHS
FUERA DE
E LA ACTIVA
A
MAAIN BUS TIE…
………………… ………………… ……….TIE
LDG LIGHTS……… ……………………………… OF FF ICE PROTECTION…………… ………..…………..OFF
TAXI LIGHTS………………………………………ON N PITTOT STATIC SW…………… ………………… ……OFF
COLITION……
ANTIC ……………………..….…….RE
ED BLLEED AIR 1&2
2 ……………… ………………… …MIN-OFF
FLIGH
HT/ TAXI…………………..…
…………….TA AXI Y/DD……………… ………………… ………………… ……OFF
TA
ANK AUX PUM MPS 1 & 2……
……….…….……..OFF
FL
LAPS………… ………………… ………………… ……….0°
TR
RIMS………………….……… ………………… ….NEUTRAL
TR
RANSPONDER……………… …..……………
…….STBY
RAADAR………… ………..………………………….STBY

L FOR AFTER
CALL R LANDING CHECK
C LIST
 
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.24
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
2.8.8 DASH 8-Q
Q400 NORM
MAL CHEC
CKLISTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.25
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.26
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
2.9 T
TCAS
It is reccommended to use the TCAS’s
T verticcal range as follows durin
ng all normall operations:

 Use ABV Mode


M for take
eoff and clim
mb.
 Use NORMM Mode durinng cruise
 Use BLW Mode
M during
g descent and d approach.

2.9.1 TRAFFIC
C ALERT / RESOLUTIO
R ON ADVISO
ORY
When a Traffic Advvisory occurss, the PF sho ould immediaately optimiz
ze the scale of
o the TCASS display
so tha at the traffic is on the ouuter edge of the display. The PF sho ould then direct the PM to look
outside e for the trafffic. The PF will continue
e monitoring the TCAS display
d for an
ny changes in
i traffic
flight p
path or new traffic.

If the P
PM makes viisual contactt with the trafffic, he/she should
s inform
m the PF and continue to monitor
this annd any other conflicting trraffic. The PM
M will requesst information
n and coordination to the
e ATC in
order tto avoid the traffic.
t

Shouldd a Resolutioon Advisory occur, the PF


P should takke prompt ac ction and rea act according to the
TCAS climb or des scent resolution. The PM should conttinue to look for the trafficc and ensure
e the PF
has me et the RA directed by thee TCAS andd inform ATC
C by saying either
e of the following, acccording
to the ssituation:

 “STAR PERU 8XXX, TCAS


T RESOL LUTION ADV VISORY”
 “STAR PERU 8XXX, TCAS
T Clear of
o Conflict”

Once cclear of confllict, the PF should


s return the aircraft to
t the last asssigned altitu
ude and inforrm ATC.

NOTE: If ATC requests a man neuver (climb


b or descent) that confliccts with the TCAS
T RA, diisregard
this insstruction. Alw
ways follow TCAS
T climb or
o descent in
nstructions.

2.10 E
EGPWS WARNINGS
W S
The fo
ollowing reco
overy proced
dure should be
b employed
d by the PF, whenever an
a EGPWS warning
occurss in IMC:

 Select GA (diseng gages the APP)


 Roll wings
w level to
o achieve bes
st rate of clim
mb
 Advan nce Condition Levers to MAX
M and sett MTOP
 Climb aggressively respecting stick shakerr
 Targe et V2/GA spe eed
 If requ
uired, advancce the powerr levers to the Fire Wall

Contin
nue climbing
g until visual contact is es
stablished with terrain orr the warning
g stops. Once
e clear
of obstacles or terrain estabblish level fliight in an area
a with saafe altitude, adjust poweer and
eed, and advvice ATC.
airspe

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.27
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
Througghout the re ecovery, the PM should monitor the
e PF’s actio
ons, and try to establish
h visual
contacct with terrain
n.

NOTE: Wheneverr in VMC wiith terrain in n sight and an EGPWS S warning occcurs, pilots should
verballly acknowled
dge the warn
ning by statin
ng “Disregarrd, Visual co
ontact”.

2.11 C
CREW INC
CAPACITA
ATION
Incapaacitation occu
urs in many ways rangin ng from suddden death to subtle, partial loss of mental
m or
physiccal performannce. Subtle incapacitatio
i on is the mosst dangerous
s and is the most comm mon type
encoun ntered.

o early and e
One of the keys to effective reco
ognition of pilot
p incapacitation is the
e strict adherrence to
ard operating
standa g proceduress, call outs an
nd flight profiiles.

Suspiccion of somee degree of incapacitatio


i on should be
e considered when a cre ewmember doesd not
responnd to verbal communica ation associa
ated with a significant departure frrom a standdardized
proceddure or profile. Failure of that crewm
member to reespond to a second requ uest or challlenge is
cause for immediatte action by the challenging crewmem mber.

Whene ever the PM advises the e PF of a devviation from the intended d flight profile, the PF sh hall take
immed diate action and
a announcce, "CORREC CTING". If thhe PF does notn respond immediately, the PM
shall ccall the devia
ation a second time, and d if there is still no respo
onse from th he PF, the PMP shall
assumme pilot incap pacitation, assume
a immediate contrrol of the airrplane and announce,
a "I HAVE
CONT TROL". If ca arrying addittional crew members i.e. Cabin Crew C Member(s), call for f their
assistaance in secu apacitated pilot away from
uring the inca m the contro ols, and to addminister firsst aid as
necesssary.

2.12 M
MINIMUM FUEL
2.12.1
1 MINIMUM
M LANDING
G FUEL
The MMinimum Landing Fuel is the minimum normal fu uel quantity with
w which STAR S PERU aircraft
must la
and on the in
ntended airpoort. This fuel quantity allo
ows flying, within
w an adeqquate safety margin,
for no more than 30
3 minutes, during which h only one approach and d landing sho ould be execcuted. It
does not
n include an me or landing delays. Th
ny holding tim his fuel is inclluded in the Reserve fuel.

If an aircraft lands with the MIN


NIMUM FUEL, the engine es may be shut down in the parking position
with a fuel quantityy below this value. In this case an Operational
O Report
R must be filled out by the
PIC.

If traffic priority is required


r for la
anding, an emergency
e shhould be decclared, stating the fuel remaining
in minu utes.
The MINIMUM FUE EL for Dash 8–Q400 is 2600
2 lb total. (Alternate SPSO)
S
The MINIMUM FUE EL for Dash 8–Q400 is 3600
3 lb total. (Alternate SPRU)
S

2.12.2
2 MINIMUM
M FUEL
Whene ever pilots determine
d thaat the aircra
aft cannot acccept any undue delay, they should d inform
ATC ofo this conditiion. This DOOES NOT imply an emerg gency, and DOES
D implyy a request foor traffic
priorityy. It informs ATC that if the aircraft receives
r anyy undue dela
ay it will requuire diversion to the
alterna ate airport forr fuel.

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.28
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
If traffic priority is required
r for la
anding, an emergency
e sh
hould be dec
clared, stating the fuel remaining
in minu utes.

2.12.3
3 EMERGE
ENCY FUEL
L
The Emmergency Fu uel is a criticcal amount off fuel that do
oesn’t allow for
f more than n one approa ach and
landing
g, remaining g within 10 NM N of the airport. This a amount of fuuel allows fo
or approxima ately 15
minutees of flight an
nd the crew MUST
M declarre an emerge ency, which implies traffic
c priority by A
ATC.
The Emmergency Fu uel for Dash 8–Q400 is 1000 lb total.
 
2.13 A
APU OPER
RATION
2.13.1
1 APU USE
E POLICIES
S

 Thhe APU may y be started only


o he Captain’s command.
under th
 Att all times when
w the APUU is running, at least one
e pilot (Capta
ain or First Officer)
O mustt remain
in
n the flight de
eck NOT FLY YING APU op peration.
 5 minutes befo ore passengger boarding (Recommen ndation)
 If required op perating APUU after landin
ng (EXTERN NAL POWER R PLANT NO OT AVAILAB BLE OR
DAMAGE OR R PASSENG GER COMFO ORT) it shou uld start onlyy on final parking positiion with
paarking brake ON and beffore shut dow wn the engine es.

2.13.2
2 APU LIMITATIONS
APU is app
proved for grround operattion only.
APU must be shut dowwn prior to takke-off.
APU must not be opera ated unattended with passsengers on board.
APU must not be opera ated unattended during pressure
p refu
ueling.
APU must not be opera ated during gravity
g refueling.
APU must not be opera ated below – 35°C.
APU must not be opera ated above + 50°C or ISA A + 35°C, wh hichever is lo
ower.
APU must not be opera ated if #1 Fuel Tank Qua antity is beloww 454 kilograams (1.000 lb
bs).
APU must be switched OFF during de-icing.
APU BLEE ED air must be
b switched OFFO before engine
e start.

APU STARTER CRANKING LIMITS


L
START No
o. MAXX TIME ON FOLLOW WED BY
1 60 SECONDS
S 5 minuttes OFF
2 60 SECONDS
S 30 minu
utes OFF
 
2.14 D
DE ICE AN
NTI ICE PO
OLICY
DESCRIPTION OF F POLICY
The DE ICE and ANTIA ICE POOLICY is ba ased on pracctical and BOOMBARDIER R recommen ndations
A.F.M 4.7. The best way to disscern this is through use
e levels whicch depend on
n the severitty of the
icing cconditions.

LEVEL
L 1 OR STANDARD
ACTIV
VATION:

 THE ACTION SHOULD


D BE PERFO
ORMED PRIOR TO TAK
KEOFF.

ACTIO
ON:
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.29
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
 PITOT & STATIC
S HEAATERS ……… …………ON
NOTA: EN NGINE INTAK KE DOORS
(According
g to the exterrnal condition
ns at discretion of the PIC
C)

DEACTIVATION:
 WHEN THE FLIGHT IS
S OVER. AFTER LANDIN
NG

LEVEL
L2
ACTIV
VATION:
 Applies thiis level before entering icing conditio
ons or when
n ice conditio
ons are dete
ected by
the pilot orr the seconda
ary system (ICE PROBES)

ACTIO
ON:
 CHECK deeice indicatorr PRESS
 SWITCH ON
O PROP
 HEAT WINNDSHIELD selector
s NORRM
 PLT SIDE WDO / HT sswitch ON (Iff ice forms on
n pilot's forwa
ard edge of side
s window)

DEACTIVATION:
 WHEN YOOU ARE OUT
T OF ICE CO
ONDITIONS

L3
LEVEL
ACTIV
VATION:
 This level applies whe en you have conditions accumulation
a n of ice on th
he leading edges
e or
the spigot. It should be
e constantly monitored u
using lights in
nspection to confirm the amount
of accumulation.

ACTIO
ON:
 AIRFRAME E FAST or SLOW MOD DE selector (FAST or LOWL conditiion it is due
e to the
amount of accumulated d ice, the gre
eater amountt need fasterr cycle the bo
oot)
 Increase Reference
R S
Speed (depe
ending on flight phase and
a accordinng to the AF FM and
AOM)
 Keep LEV VEL 2 if you are in ice conditions
c orr ICE DETECTED messsage but there is no
icing on the surfaces or
o in the spigoot (monitor surfaces)

DEACTIVATION:
 Once all th
he ice has be
een removed
d from the lea got. 
ading edges and the spig

2.15 S
SAFETY BRIEFING
B
At the beginning of o each crew w day or wh hen a new ccrew takes over
o the airccraft, the Caaptain
shouldd brief all crew mem mbers on any a anticipa
ated chang ges to Sta ndard Ope erating
Proced dures (SOP Ps), MO, AF FM, ODM, MEL,M QRH and
a detail th
he actions to o be taken during
d
any fliight malfuncction or emergency. Th his briefing should be thet initial sttep towards team
buildin
ng for each flight
f assignment.
The Captain will cover
c the folllowing itemss:
1. GENERAL L: Review thet assigned flights for the day, crew assignment limits and
service tim
me limits, cre
ew documen ntation, and HUMAN FA ACTOR ISSU UES.
2. STANDAR RD PROCED DURES: Re eview any ch hanges in MO.
M All proccedures are to be
carried out in adheren nce to the airrcraft manuaals and MO.
3. ON GROU UND EMERG GENCY: Re eview the prrocedures to o carry out in case of an a on-
ground em mergency. If an evacuation is require ed, once thee aircraft and d propellerss have

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.30
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
stopped, the
t evacuattion procedu ure will be initiated ac ccording to the standarrdized
procedure es, which ma ay be review wed as desired by the crrew.
4. ABNORM AL OR EM MERGENCY Y SITUATIO ON IN FLIG GHT: Review w the proceedures
ut in case on
to carry ou n an in-flightt emergencyy. A sterile cockpit will b e maintaine ed for
3 to 4 mi nutes while e the requi red proced ures are performed, affter which th he F/A
will be no otified with the require ed informatio
on to coord dinate the passenger cabin
procedures.
5. DEPRESS SURIZATIO N AND FIRE: The deprressurizatio n and fire/s moke proce edures
will be reviewed in thiss briefing.
6. ADDITION NAL CONSI DERATIONS: Review any questio ons and dou ubts or additional
informationn concerningg the flight. Constant creew commun nication is es
ssential in ca
ase of
any abnorm mal situation
n involving th
he passenge ers, aircraft, cargo and/o or baggage.

2.16 C
COCKPIT BRIEFING
B
On thee first flightt of the dayy both pilotss will make a cockpit briefing to discuss the flight
assign
nment of the day. This briefing
b shouuld at least cover
c the folllowing aspects:
1. Changes in SOP’s
2. Special a irports in th he flight as signment
3. S i g n i f i c a nt we at h e r
4. Aircraft operational
o consideratio he day (MEL items with opera
ons for th ational
considerattions)
5. Leg assig gnment (wh o flies eac h sector)
 

   
DEPA
ARTURE BR
RIEFING TAKE
T OFF BRIEFING
B

 Fuel.  Flight Plan Changes s.


 Documen nts Onboard.  Windshe ear / Rwy Cluutter.
 Aircraft Status.
S  Clearancce / SID’s.
 Weather and NOTAM MS.  Emergen ncy Returns Plan.
 Cargo / HZ
H Mat.  ATC Cle earance / SID
D’s.
 Class II Nav.
N Require ements.  Go / No Go Decition.
 ACM / Pa ax Briefing.  Terrain / Obstacles.
nsition Altitud
Tran de.

APP PROACH BR RIEFING


 Weatherr and NOTAM MS.
 STAR’s and Appr. Review:
R
 Clearrance Limit.
 Trans sition Level.
 Terraain / Obstacle es.
 Nav. Aids
A Set Up..
 FAF alt.
a And Course.
 DA orr MDA and MAP M
 Misse ed Appr. Procedures
Fligh
ht Operations
s.

SOP Fecha: 23/03/2019 Rev: ORIGINAL


O Pag. 1 SOP Fecha: 23/03
3/2019 Rev: ORIGINAL
O Pag. 2

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.31
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
PROCEDIMIENTOS PR
ROCEDIMIENTO OS
DE BRRIEFING DE BRIEFING DEL
DEL CAPITAN A LA TT/C
CC
CAPITAN A LA
A TT/CC
1. PROC
CEDIMIENTOS NORMALES 1 CAPITÁN INFORMA A TRIPULACIÓ
1. ÓN DE CABIN
NA
 Chequeeo de Documeentación del Tripulante
T de Cabina.
C
 Factore
es Humanos.  Naturaleza o tipo de Eme
ergencia.
 Cabina
a Estéril.
 Recargga de Combusstible.  Tiempo disp
ponible para preparación
p de
e Cabina.
 Chequeeo de Equipo de Emergenccia.
 Señal para asumir posició
ón BRACE.
2. INFO ORMACIÓN DE EL VUELO
 Plan dee Vuelo.  Recordar se
eñales estipula
adas por STA
AR PERÚ
 Tiempo o de Vuelo.
 Pasajeros / VIP / Passajeros Especciales. - vacuar “EVAC
Para Ev CUEN”.
 Condicciones Meteoro ológicas en Ruta.
 Turbuleencia.   - Para Cancelar Evacu
uación: CANC
CELADO”.
 Servicio a Bordo.
3. CREW W COORDINA ATION
 Información
n Adicional:
 Señal de
d Acceso al Cockpit.
C
 Llamad da a Tripulante
e de Cabina. - Instruccciones Especiales.
 Anuncios a Pasajero os.
 Anuncios a Tripulantte de Cabina. - nización de Re
Sincron elojes.
 Cambio o de Plan de Vuelo.
V
 Coordinnación Anti-seecuestro.
4. OTRA AS CONSIDE ERACIONES
 Abortajje de Despegu ue.
 Despué és del Despeg gue.
 Descen nso de Emergencia.
 Aterriza
aje de Emerge encia.
 Evacua ación.

Form: DG.0
002 Fecha: 07/07/2014
0 Rev: 1 Pag. 1 F
Form: DG.002 Fecha: 07/07/2
2014 Re
ev: 1 Pag
g. 2

 
2.17 D
DISRUPTIV
VE PASSE
ENGERS
Depen nding on the location and d type of beh
havior that disrupts the normal
n functiions of groun
nd staff,
flight ccrew, and cabin
c crew, STAR PERÚ Ú has defined three be ehavior categories of disruptive
passen ngers. Legallly, the Pilot in Comman nd of the airrcraft is the only person
n who can deny the
boarding and / or disembark
d hat may affect the safety of the opera
a passenger th ation.

2.17.1
1 Category
y1
Passengers who do not follo ow instructioons and their behaviorr affects the e comfort ofo other
passen ngers duringg the check-in, boarding and / or on board the aircraft. These interferencces with
the duties of comp pany personn nel, causing minor disturrbances, who ose behaviorr can be hanndled by
groundd staff or Tecchnical Crew
w. Example: Passenger
P sm
moking durinng a flight.
If a problem shall occur on ground, the e situation will
w be hand dled by the Passenger Service
Personnnel (traffic personnel).
p If the problem
m occurs durring the fligh
ht, the Cabin Crew will tryy to talk
to the passengers so he calms down and changes
c the disruptive
d atttitude.

2.17.2
2 Category
y2
Passengers with disruptive beh
havior who significantly affect
a normal operational performance
e.

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.32
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
Passengers who show
s verballyy aggressive
e behavior towards comp pany personn
nel. If the passsenger
despite
e of repeated
d warnings deposes
d his attitude,
a it will be conside
ered Categorry 3.

ON GR ROUND:
The pa assenger is advised tha at in the cas se of a failu
ure to changge his attitude, he may not be
permittted to board d the aircrafft. If he has already boa arded, he will
w be unload ded as apprropriate.
Passenger Servicce and Corp porate Secu urity shall be
b contacted d for suppo ort and instructions
regard ding the pro ocess to continue with the passen nger, in add
dition to infoorming the Pilot in
Comm mand of the situation and condition of the passeng ger.
i) If the ommand considers that the passenge
e Pilot in Co er behavior does
d not affe
ect the safetty of the
flight, h
he may begin n or continue
e the flight.

IN FLIGHT:
Cabin Crew: Try ta alking with th
he disruptive passenger to
t attempt to
o have him ch hange his disruptive
attitude
e. If it is necessary
n to
o use force,, Cabin Cre ew shall askk for the coooperation ofo other
passen ngers if requ
uired. The Fliight Attendannt must prote
ect access to
o the cockpitt and inform the PIC
of the situation in the Cabin. The
T Flight Crew shall ma ake sure the
e door of the
e cockpit is assured.
a
Consid der that the passenger
p ca
an move to Category
C 3.

2.17.3
3 Category
y3
Behavvior of a passsenger that may
m endange er safety of th
he operation n. If his behavvior is aggressive or
violentt, including physical
p assaault, threats,, intimidating
g or interferin
ng with norm mal operation n of the
flight and
a or staff ofo the compa any. Categorry 3 Passeng gers are not allowed to start
s or contiinue the
journeyy. Any probleems this passsenger causses shall alwa ays be reporrted to the au uthorities.

ON GR ROUND:
The pa assenger will be informe ed that he will
w not be accepted
a for flight or for another posst flight.
Passenger Service e and Corpo orate Securiity will be contacted
c byy the compa any for suppport and
instrucctions regard
ding the proccess to continnue with the passenger, in addition tot informing the PIC
of the Flight of the situation and
d condition of
o the passennger.

IN FLIGHT:
Cabin Crew: Will use
u force and d all available resourcess to submit th he passenge
er. She mustt protect
the Coockpit and infform the PICC of the Flightt the followin
ng:
 Le evel and nature of the thrreat.
 Number and area a of the in
ncident.
 Physical desccription of the e passenger, seat numbe er, type of weapon
w and / or threat. Consider
C
su
upport of an Able Bodied Person (AB BP) to keep a an eye on thee passenger.

Flight C
Crew: Make sure the doo or of the cockkpit is assure o ATC Office.
ed. Report to
Obtainn and submit the following g informationn:
 Le evel and nature of the thrreat.
 Number and areaa of the in
ncident.
 Physical desc cription of thee passenger, seat numbe er.
 Tyype of weapo on and / or th hreat.
Make an announce ement to the e passengerss if necessary. Land at thet nearest airport if neccessary.
Once o nd, the Pilot in Command shall deliverr the passenger to the loccal Authorityy.
on the groun
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.33
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
2.18 T
TAXIAND RUNWAY
R INCURSIO
ONS
Most rreported runnway incurssions are atttributed to a loss of situational aw wareness annd not
following ATC insttructions. All pilots shou
uld be aware
e that incursions are a persistent
p problem
and they must be proactive in preventing them
t during all ground operations.
o
The foollowing guidelines are intended to o enhance situational
s a
awareness a
and safety during
d
groundd operationss:

Durin
ng Taxi
o Progressivelyy follow taxi position
p on the
t airport diagram
o During low vis sibility condiitions, call ou ut all pertineent signs to verify
v positio
on.
o If unfamiliar with
w the airpport, conside er requesting a FOLLOW W ME vehic cle or progre essive
ta
axi instructions
o Use standard d radio phra aseology. Read
R back all
a clearance es. If any crewmember
c r is in
dooubt regardiing the clearance, verifyy taxi routing g with the assigned clea arance or re equest
clarification. Stop
S the airpplane if the clearance
c is in doubt
o If ground/obsstruction cle earance is in n doubt, sto op the airpllane and ve erify clearan nce or
obbtain a wing-walker
o Avoid distracctions during g critical taxxi phases; planp ahead for
f checklistt accomplish hment
annd companyy communica ations
o C
Consider dela aying checkllist accomplishment until stopped during low vis sibility opera
ations.
Do not allow ATCA or anyoone else to rush
r you
o Verify the run nway is clea ar (both directions) and clearance iss received prior p to ente
ering a
ru
unway
o Be constantlyy aware of the equipme ent, structurres, and airplanes behind you whe en the
enngines are above
a idle th
hrust
o C
Consider usin ng the taxi lig ght to visually indicate m movement
o a appropriate airplane lighting
At night use all
o W
When enterin ng any activve runway ensure the exterior e lights specified in the FCOM are
illuminated.

Priorr Landing
o Plan/brief the expected ta
axiway exit and
a route to parking. After Landing

Afterr Landing
o Ensure taxi in
nstructions are
a clearly understood,
u especially when
w ng closely spaced
crossin
pa
arallel runwa
ays.
o Delay non-essential radioo or cabin co
ommunicatio
ons until clea ways. 
ar of all runw
 
2.19 D
DESACTIV
VATIÓN CIRCUIT
C BR
RAKER CV
VR AND FDR
F

It is detailed the
e procedure for disconneect CVR andd FDR circu
uit breaker frrom the Cocckpit
Voicee Recorder (CVR) and thhe Flight Data
a Recorder (FDR)
( accord
ding each Fleeet.

ase of accid
In ca dent or incident, pilot in command (or ( crew me w replace him
ember who will
hiera
archically) willl be the resp
ponsible fulfilllment of the following acction:

1. N
Notification to
o the ATC off any situation that affect directly the security
s of fliight.
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 2.34
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHA
APTER 2. GENERAL
G FL
LIGHT INFORMATION
 
2. N
Notification to
o the CCO tthrough the approved medium of the
e situation, to
t the Corpo
orate
S
Security Man nagement and Operation Managemen nt.

3. P ment and relevant evidences of accidents or inciidents (flight file,


Preservation of the docum
N
NOTOC, FTR R, etc.).

Will be responsib
ble of prese
erve the information of voice
v and register data in
i the CVR and
FDR, the otherwwise they will be deleting
g automatica
ally, for the investigation
n of acciden
nt or
incide
ent.

For that
t reason, the pilot in command will w sure tha at the equipm
ment CB willl be disconn
nect
beforre leave the plane and onnce all the ta
ask are finish
hes in cockpitt.

The location is detaile


ed below:
 
D
DASH 8-Q40
00

L
Location Circuit Breaker
B

FDR
R Left lo
ower CB pan
nel CB (FF3)

CVR
R Left lo
ower CB pan
nel CB (FF4)

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.1
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES

CHA
APTE
ER 3
ORMAL
NO
P
PROCCEDU
URES
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.2
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES

INT
TENTIONALLY
L
LEFT BLAN
NK

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.3
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 

CHAPTE
C ER 3 – NORMAL
N L PROC
CEDURE
ES
3.NOR
RMAL PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................................... 3.5
3.1 BASSIC PROCEDURES ................................................................................................................................... 3.5
3.2 PREEFLIGHT .................................................................................................................................................. 3.5
3.3 EXTTERIOR INSPEECTION (CAPT) ................................................................................................................. 3.10
3.4 COC CKPIT PREPAR RATION ........................................................................................................................... 3.15
3.4.1 CAAPTAIN’S COC CKPIT PREPAR RATION PROCEEDURE (READ AND DO) ............................................................ 3.15
3.4.2 FIIRST OFFICER’’S COCKPIT PR REPARATION P PROCEDURE (READ AND DO O) .................................................... 3.23
3.4.3 SYYSTEM CHECK K ONCE EVERYY 24 HOURS ‐ FLYING DAY (C CAPT/LHS) ........................................................... 3.25
3.4.4 FIINAL COCKPITT PREPARATIO ON .................................................................................................................. 3.25
3.4.5 SEET UP COCKPIIT PRAPARATION ................................................................................................................ 3.25
3.4.5
5.1 TAKEOFF D DATA ................................................................................................................................... 3.26
3.5 OR
RIGINATING B
BEFORE STAR
RT CHECKLIST
T ............................................................................................ 3.28
3.5.1 FIINAL TAKEOFFF DATA ................................................................................................................................ 3.28
3.5.2 TOOWING (PUSHHBACK) ................................................................................................................................ 3.28
3.6 ENGINE START ......................................................................................................................................... 3.29
3.6.1 BEFORE STARTT ........................................................................................................................................... 3.29
3.6.2 ENGINE START CREW COORDINATION ..................................................................................................... 3.30
3.6.3 PROCEDURES FFOR START‐UP P AND PUSHBACK OF AIRCR RAFT .................................................................... 3.30
3.6.4 COMMUNICATTION PROCEDU URE AFTER EN NGINE START ............................................................................. 3.31
3.7 AFT
TER START ........................................................................................................................................... 3.32
3.8 TAX
XI .......................................................................................................................................................... 3.32
3.8.1 BEFORE TAXI P
PROCEDURES ......................
. ................................................................................................. 3.32
3.8.2 TA
AXI PROCEDUURES ..................................................................................................................................... 3.32
3.9 TAKEOFF .................................................................................................................................................. 3.33
3.9.1 LIINE UP…. ................................................................................................................................................... 3.33
3.9.2 N
NORMAL TAKEEOFF TECHNIQ QUE ................................................................................................................ 3.34
3.9.3 CROSSWIND TA AKE OFF TECH HNIQUE .......................................................................................................... 3.35
3.9.3.1 LINE‐UP CHECK ....................................................................................................................................... 3.35
3.9.3.2 TAKE‐OFF PR ROCEDURE ........................................................................................................................... 3.35
3.9.3.3 DOWNWIND TAKEOFF ............................................................................................................................ 3.35
3.9.4 REJECTED TAKEEOFF .................................................................................................................................... 3.35
NORMAL TAKEEOFF PROCEDU
3.9.5 N URES ............................................................................................................. 3.36
3.10 CLLIMB ..................................................................................................................................................... 3.36
3.10.1 COMPANY CA
ALL ....................................................................................................................................... 3.36
3.11  CRUISE ............................................................................................................................................... 3.36
3.11.1 CLIMB AND CRUISE PROCEDURES ........................................................................................................... 3.36
3.12  DESCENT ............................................................................................................................................ 3.37
3.12.1 DESCENT PLA ANNING ................................................................................................................................ 3.37
3.12.2 SSET UP FOR D
DESCENT AND APPROACH ................................................................................................... 3.38
3.12.3 AAPPROACH BR RIEFING .............................................................................................................................. 3.38‐
3.12.4 DESCENT PRO OFILES .................................................................................................................................. 3.39

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.4
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3.13  APPROACH
H …………………………………
……………………
……………………
……………………
……………………
……3.39 
3.13.1  STABILIZED APPROACH ......................................................................................................................... 3.39
3.13.2  MISSED APPPROACH / GO‐AROUND ...................................................................................................... 3.40
3.14  NORMAL LA
ANDING ........................................................................................................................... 3.40
3.15  AFTER LANDING ................................................................................................................................ 3.41
3.16  PARKING ............................................................................................................................. 3.41
AIRPLANE ............................................................................................................. 3.41
3.17  LEAVING A
 
 

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.5
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3 . NORMAL LPROCEDDURES
3 . 1 BASIC PROCED
P URES

Basic Procedures describe actions,


a whic
ch are nece essary for th he routine operation,
o while the
sequen nce of proccedures follo ows the nattural phasess of flight. The T sequen nce of action ns in a
proceddure follows a standardizzed can of pa anels or equipment exce ept when required by the logic of
actionss priority.
For all actions rele
evant expand ded information is given, if necessary y. All actionss of a proced
dure are
either required to operate
o the airplane
a safe
ely in the rela
ated phase off flight or to prepare
p the airplane
a
for the
e following phase
p of flig
ght. Each acction is assigned to a specific
s crewwmember to ensure
coordinnated opera ation. Verba al crew com mmunication will be lim mited to commands, re equests,
announcements and a callouts. If a wron ng or incom mpatible com mmand is giveng or a desired
configuuration is not achieved verbal
v feedbaack is requireed. Basic proocedures are e presented with the
assummption that all systems are e operating normally
n andd that all auto
omatic functioons are usedd.

3.2 PREFLIGHT
During g the prefligh
ht process, the
t flight cre
ews will enssure that the e aircraft hass been relea ased for
flight, it’s in an airworthy
a co
ondition, has s sufficient fuel for the e flight and d that the required
r
docum mentation for aircraft and crew are on board.
The m main and nosse landing ge ear doors sh hould be ope ened only for the first flig
ght of the da
ay. After
openin ng the landinng gear doorrs, the crewm members should ensure that the Alte ernate Relea ase and
Alternaate Extension n Doors are closed prope erly.
The fligght deck flas
shlights shouuld not be use ed for perforrming the pre
e-flight inspecction, since they
t are
only inntended for emergency use. STAR PERÚ forbids the use of emergen ncy lights annd wing
inspecction lights as
s an aid for boarding
b passengers.
After ccompleting th he External Inspection, turn the ligh hts ON or OFF as requirred. The Wh hite Anti
on light and Landing/Taxi lights mayy be checke
Collisio ed in coordinnation betwe een both piloots, with
one pillot performinng the visual check and th he other pilo
ot operating the
t respectiv ve switch in the flight
deck.

NOTE: Whenever crewmembe ers require walking


w in th
he ramp, theey must wea ar the reflective vest
provideed by the company.
The exxternal check is conductted as outlin ned below, commencing
c at the main n entrance door and
proceeeding clockw wise around the
t aircraft. Visually
V insp
pect the exteerior of the aircraft
a for co
ondition,
securitty (particularrly access pa
anels), and signs
s of dammage. Checkk for liquids ono the groun nd or on
the airplane that may
m indicate engine,
e hydraaulic, fuel or water system
m leaks.

CAUTION: Avoid skin


s contact with
w hydrauliic fluid.

Make sure that the e Airworthiness and Reg gistration Ce


ertificates arre displayed in the airpla ane and
that the Airplane Flight Manual and Operatiing Manual are a on board and all regu ulations o reqquire.
Before e each flight, a thorough external che eck (walk aro ound) of the airplane mu ust be perforrmed by
the flig
ght crew to veerify it is servviceable for flight.
f
A walk around in nspection is defined as an exterior visual inspection. The e emphasis of this
inspecction is the condition of those areas affected b by normal wear
w (e.g., tiires, brakes,, props,
exterioor lights, etc.). Other item ms that may y be affected d by ground handling orr service equipment
(e.g., ffuelling and other servicce panel do oors, the areea around th he baggage door, flight control
surface es, gear pinss, etc.) should also be vis sually inspeccted.
The crrew shall pe erform it on initial accep ptance of the A/C. This procedure must be performed
before airplane system(s) are powered. It must be pe erformed if thhere is any doubt
d that all safety
aspectts are covere ed. Completiion ensures there will be e no danger to t the airplanne and/or pe ersonnel
when the
t different sources of energy
e will po
ower the associated syste em(s).
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.6
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
Perform
m these checks prior asssuming norm mal crew position.
Mainteenance Stattus ............ ................ ................ ................ ................ ............. CHECK
Examiine FTR, CA ARRY OVER
BATTE ERIES ................................................................................................................... CHEC
CK ON

Batteryy Master/Main, Aux & Sta andby Batterry


1. The e BATTERY Y MASTER switch con nnects main n, auxiliary and standb by batteries to the
righht and left es
ssential buses.
2. The MAIN BATT T switch connnects the ma
ain battery too the right maain feeder buus.
3. The AUX BATT switch conne ects the auxiliary battery to the left main
m feeder bus.
4. The STBY BATT T switch connects the sta
andby batteryy to the left main
m feeder bus.
b
 Checkk voltage son n Electrical page
p of MFD.
5. Che eck MAIN BA ATTERY, AU UX BATTER RY and STBY Y BATTERY Y caution ligh
hts does nott
illum
minate

Escap
pe hatch ..................................................................................................................... CLO
OSED
 Make sure FLIG GHT DECK EMERGENC CY EXIT HAT TCH is close ed and secured, and the e handle
e selected to CLOSED po
are osition.

Alt Ge
ear Door/ L/G
G Inhibit Sw
witch .............................................................................. Closed//Norm

 Make sure the MAIN LAND DING GEAR ALTERNATE


A E RELEASE door is clossed. Make sure the
LANNDING GEA BIT switch is set to NORMAL
AR EXTENTION INHIB N and the Red Guard
G is
clossed.
 Make sure th he LANDING
G GEAR ALTTERNATE RELEASE DOORS are e completelyy closed
beffore each flig
ght.

on Light ................................................................................................................................ ON
Positio
Cautio
on Warning Panel........................................................................................................ CHECK
 Che eck MC/MW panel for no ormal indicatiions.

splays ................................................................................................................................... ON
All Dis

 Turrn ON both PFD,


P both MF
FD and ED to
o ON positio
on.

Landin
ng Gear Lev
ver ............................................................................................................... DOWN
D

 Make sure landing gear sele


ector is seleccted down.
 Gre
een LEFT/NOOSE/RIGHT undercarriag ge lights are on.
 Thee L DOOR and
a R DOOR R and/or N DOOR
D amber lights may be on if the
e landing gea
ar doors
are
e open.

Park. B
Brk/ press/Q
Quantity ............................................................................................. ON, CHECK

 Make sure th he PK BRK K gauge on o the MFD – Hydra aulic page indicates hydraulic
pre
essure above e 500 PSI (mminimum disspatch) for starting
s engine #2 and 1000 PSI if starting
enggine #1 first. To increase the parking brake pressu ure applies the following steps:
 Obttain clearancce that landin
ng gear area is clear of obstacle
o
 Opeen Landing Gear
G Alterna
ate Release Door and pu ull L/G release handle fuully down and check
land
ding gear do oor open on gear
g control panel.
 Clo
ose Landing Gear
G Alterna
ate Release Door
D
 Sett PARK/EME ERG LEVER to position PARK
P and chheck brake pressure within limit

   
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.7
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
Condition Levers ............................................................................................................. FUEL L OFF
Flaps position ...................................................................................................................... CHECK

 Make sure e the flap sele ection indicated on the MFD M agrees with w the flap lever position
Alt. L/G door (dow
wn) .......................................................................................................... CLO
OSED

 Check 3 green lights. Ma ake sure the LAN NDING GE EAR ALTE ERNATE
EXTENSIO ON DOOR (on the floor,, left of the co-pilot’s se
eat) is completely closed
d before
each flight.

Ship's
s Papers ....................................................................................................................... CHECK

 Check AIR RCRAFT DOC CUMENTAT TION,


C/B Pa
anels ............................................................................................................................ CHECK

Before enttering the seats, make su ure all circuitt breakers arre closed (pu ushed in). Ch heck for
open circuit breakers visibly
v from th he side.
Emerg
gency Equippment ........................................................................................................ CHECK

 Check follo owing equipm ment is in pla ace& service eable


Co-pilot’s Life Vest .............................................................................................................. Sttowed

Stowed ab bove the co--pilot’s seat. Make sure life jacket is secured, serviceable s and not
damaged.
Oxyge
en mask ......................................................................................................................... Check
C

For the
e captains, co-pilots,
c and
d observer’s oxygen
o maskks, check the
e following:

 Make suree the oxygen mask is clea an and in goo od condition..


 Make suree hose is corrrectly attache ed and flow iindicator sho ows green.
 The mask microphone e jack must be b inserted in n the correctt jack positio on on the audio jack
panel.
 Check the oxygen gauge on the co o-pilot’s pane el. The minim mum dispatch h pressure is
 On each AUDIO
A panel, perform the e following te est:
 Microphone selector sw witch ................................................................................................. Int
 HOT MIC switch
s ................................................................................................................ On
 MIC switch
h ......................................................................................................................Mask

ERV/INT and
Set SE d SPKR VOL
L knobs at a comfortable volume (1
12 o’clock).

 Check thee interphone system thro ough the ovverhead spea


aker by tapp
ping on the oxygen
mask microphone or sp peaking into it.
 Switch at INPH then sp peak into miccrophone.
On comple etion of test, set MIC swittch to BOOM
M, and stow oxygen
o maskk in its positio
on.

Protec
ctive Breath
hing Equipm
ment ........................................................................................ Sttowed

 Goggle (o observer)Stow wed


 Make sure e goggles are e not scratch hed, are in go ood condition n and properrly stored
Obserrver Life Ves
st ............................................................................................................... Sttowed

 Stowed above the ob


bserver seat.. Make sure life jacket is
i secured, serviceable
s and not
damaged..

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.8
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
Hydraulic Pump Handle
H Stowed
 The hydra aulic pump handle
h is stoowed on the e bulkhead behind b the co-pilot’s sea at. Make
sure it is secure
s and not
n damaged. It should no ot be remove ed from the fllight deck.
ble Fire Extinguisher .................................................................................................... Check
Portab C

Stowed on n the bulkhe ead behind th he captain seat. Make su ure the fire extinguisher
e has not
been usedd and the pre essure gauge e indicates in n the green range. r
Two F
Flashlights.................................................................................................................. Che
ecked

 The flashlights are stowed on th he bulkhead behind the e captain’s seat. s Removve each
flashlight, select its sw witch ON and d make sure e each light turns on. Select switch OFF O and
stow flash hlights.
Fire A
Axe ............................................................................................................................... Se
ecured

 Stowed on n the bulkhea ad behind the captain se eat. Make surre it is secure ed.
st ............................................................................................................... Sttowed
Captain’s Life ves


Stowed above the ca aptain seat. Make sure life jacket iss secured, serviceable s a
and not
damaged..
gency Rope ................................................................................................................. Sttowed
Emerg

 eft of the esccape hatch above


Stowed le a the captain’s seat. Take the co
over off and remove
rope. Pull it briskly to make sure it is secured
d to the airpllane. Replac
ce rope and then its
cover.

 FOR DC EXTERNAL
E P
POWER

Main Bus
B Tie ................................................................................................................................. Tie

 Manually connects
c thee left and righ ht main buse es together.
DC Ex
xt Power ................................................................................................................................ On

 With DC external pow wer availablee, set DC EX XT PWR sw witch to EXT T PWR posittion and
confirm that:
 DC EXT POWERP in grreen font app
pears on thee MFD Electrical Systemss page.
Note: With Extern nal Power (E
EP) charge fe eature, the main,
m auxiliarry and stand
dby batteriess remain
conneccted to the main
m buses.

Bus V
Voltage ............................................................................................................................ Check
C

 Check volttages on Electrical page of MFD.


If exterrnal DC volta
age is less th
han 27.5 voltts:

 MAIN BAT TT, AUX BAT


TT and STBYY BATT switcches - OFF.
 -Check MAAIN BATTERRY, AUX BATTTERY and S STBY BATTE ERY caution
n lights illumin
nate.
ernal DC voltage
If exte v is greater tha
an 31.5 volts, externa al power will
w automaticcally de-
energizze.

 FOR APU POWER

Main Bus
B Tie ................................................................................................................................. Tie
Cautio
on/Advisoryy Lights ............................................................................................................ Test

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.9
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
Hold C
CAUT/ADVSY
Y LIGHTS TEST switch at
a TEST CAU
UT and make
e sure:

 Master CA AUTION and WARNING lights flash.


 APU caution and CHE ECK FIRE DET D warning lights illumiinate and alll remaining warning
w
h.
lights flash
 Press MAS STER CAUT TION light and d check lightt goes out.
 Press masster WARNIN NG light and check light goesg out and warning ligh
hts cease flasshing.
 Hold at AD DVSY - Checck all advisorry lights illum
minate.

APU P
PWR....................................................................................................................................... On
 Push APU PWR switch h light on the e APU CONT TROL panel.

APU F
Fire Detectio
on ............................................................................................................ Pe
erform
 Caution: Ensure
E ground personnel and equipment is clear of o the APU exhaust e port.

APU S
Start switch ..................................................................................................................... Press
 Before AP PU start checck recirculation fan is OFF O in order to reduce electrical e load. Long
push and release
r the START
S switc ch light. Makke sure the STARTER S addvisory light (amber)
illuminatess then goess out. Confirm STARTE ER amber liight goes off o and gree en RUN
advisory ligght in APU PWR switch light illumin nates to show w APU is op perating. GEN WRN
light illumin
nates.
APU G
GEN (1 min) ........................................................................ Press


Check GEN ON adviso ory light illum minates and APU A caution light out.

Note: If external
e pow wer is selected, APU GEN WAR RNS advisory y light will remain
illuminated
d.
APU G
Generator Vo olts/Load .................................................................................................. . Check
C

 Read voltages on th he MFD Ele ectrical Sysstems page. The APU GEN should read
approxima ately 0.3 (ma aximum 1.0)). Bus voltag ge display re eads approxximately 28 volts v on
essential and
a main buses.
Batterry Temperatture .............................................................................................................. Check
C

Read temperatures of the MAIN, AUX A and STB BY indicatorss on the MFD D Electrical SystemsS
page.
Bleed Air 1 and 2........................................................................................................................... Off

culation Fan
Recirc n.......................................................................................................................... On

APU B
Bleed (2 min
n) .............................................................................................................. As Req’d

 Push and release the e APU BL AIR A switch light. Make sure the BL B AIR OPE EN light
illuminatess.
 Note: Waiit 2min. afterr APU RUN advisory
a ligh
ht illuminatess before sele
ecting APU Bleed
B air
switch on.
 Note: The APU consumes approximately 198 pounds of fuel f per hour. Ensure there is a
minimum of o 1100pound ds of fuel in number 1 tank plus the quantity
q requ
uired for the duration
d
of APU ope eration.
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.10
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3.3 EXTERIIOR INSP
PECTION
N (CAPT)
The CA APT shall asssure that an exterior insppection is pe
erformed.
nspection is required du
This in ue to the flig
ght crew's ob bligation to assess
a the airworthiness
a s of the
airplan
ne before eac ch flight.
 Note: The parking brake must be ON O during th he exterior in
nspection to allow the flig
ght crew
to check brake
b wear indicators. If
I brake wea ars indicatorr shows 0 mm,
m brake must
m be
replaced before
b next flight
The walk-around
w inspection begins
b at thee air stair door
d and prooceeds in a clockwise d direction
aroundd the aircraft.

 Check stru ucture for imp pact damage e.


 Check therre is no evide ence of fuel, oil or hydrau
ulic leaks.
In cold
d conditions, check for the o ice and/or frost. It must include:
e presence of
a) A ccheck for obsstruction/conttamination of all pitot, TA
AT and AOA probes and static
s ports:
-Pitot covers reemoved
-Sttatic ports cle
ear
b) A ccheck of engiine in-/outletss and bladess, drain mastts
c) A ccheck for obvvious wear an nd damage, especially off following coomponents:
 Nose gearr wheels and tires,
 Main gear wheels, brakkes and tires s,
 Fuselage, wings, tail, stabilizer,
s con
ntrol surfacess.
d) A ccheck of indic
cator discs inn place:
 Oxygen ovverboard disccharge (gree en),
Noote: For bacckground infformation on n tire wear and damage criteria refer to
Aeero plane Sysstems
 During the e check of no ose and maiin gear whee els removal of gear pins
s (ground cre ew task)
shall be ve
erified.
 
A furth
her aspect ofo this inspection is to provide
p a GE
ENERAL OV VERLOOK of o the condittion and
on of the airplane before it
positio i is moved and
a may cove er further tecchnical/opera
ational aspeccts such
as:
 FOD danger at parking g position,
 Obstructions within inittial taxi area,
 Possible COLD
C WX resstrictions,
 Progress of
o fueling, loa
ading
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.11
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
FORW
WARD FUSELAGE

Genera al Condition ............................................................................................................................. Check


Antenn nas .......................................................................................................................................... Check
Air stair Door .................................................................................................................................... Check
AOA V Vane ......................................................................................................................................... Check
Pitot/S
Static Probe .................................................................................................................... Check/Clear
C
Ice Deetection Probe ................................................................................................................ Check/Clear
C
Windshield, Wiper and Side Window ............................................................................... Checkk/Condition
Nose G Gear Safety Lock ................................................................................................................... In/Flush
Ground d Communiccation and DC C External Power P Doors ................................................................. Closed
Left Uppper Nose Bay Door ................................................................................................................. Open
Standb by Battery .................................................................................................................. Che eck/Secure
DC Co ontactor Box and Circuit Breakers B ....................................................................................CChecked/In
Left Uppper Nose Bay Door .................................................................................................. Clossed/Secure
ower Nose Bay Door ................................................................................................................. Open
Left Lo
Batteriies ............................................................................................................................. Che eck/Secure
Batteryy Sump Jar ........................................................................................................ Checke ed Contents
ower Nose Bay Door ................................................................................................. Clossed/Secure
Left Lo
Aft Nosse Gear Doo ors ........................................................................................................................ Check
Nose w wheel Tires ............................................................................................................ Checkk Condition
Forward Nose Gea ar Doors ................................................................................................. Open n/Condition
Nose G Gear Wheel Well ..................................................................................... Ch heck Genera al Condition
Taxi Liight ......................................................................................................................................... Check
Nose G Gear Weightt-Off-Wheels Sensors and d Wiring ......................................................................... Check
Radom me ............................................................................................................................................ Check
AC Exxternal Powerr Door (if installed)............................................................................................... Closed
Right UUpper Nose Bay Door ............................................................................................................... Open
TRUs ................................................................................................................................... Che eck/Secure
DC Co ontactor Box and Circuit Breakers B ....................................................................................CChecked/In
Right UUpper Nose Bay Door ............................................................................................... Clossed/Secure
Right LLower Nose Bay Door ............................................................................................................... Open
Oxyge en Bottle ............................................................................................................................... Checked
Nose w wheel SCU ............................................................................................................. Checkked/Secure
Alternaate Extension n Reservoir ....................................................................................... Quantitty/Checked
Compa artment Area a ...................................................................................................... No Hydra aulic Leaks
Right LLower Nose Bay Door ............................................................................................... Clossed/Secure
Outfloww Vent ....................................................................................................................................... Clear
Oxyge en Overboard d Discharge Disc .................................................................................................... Intact
Windshield, Wiper and Side Window ................................................................................................ Check
Ice Deetection Probe ................................................................................................................ Check/Clear
C
Static Probe .................................................................................................................... Check/Clear
Pitot/S C
AOA V Vane ......................................................................................................................................... Check
Standb by Pitot/Static Probe ...................................................................................................... Check/Clear
C
Lavatoory Service Door D ....................................................................................................... Clossed/Secure
Forward Baggage Door....................................................................................................... Clossed/Secure
Forward Emergenccy Exit................................................................................................................... Check
Forward Egress Lig ght ........................................................................................................................ Check
Right EEngine Inspe ection Light ........................................................................................................... Check
Lower Anti Collision Light ................................................................................................................. Check

RIGHT T WING AND D NACELLE


oot ...................................................................................................... Checkk Condition
Inboarrd Deicing Bo
ns ........................................................................................................................ Check
Collecttor Bay Drain
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.12
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
Enginee Inboard Pa anels and Co owls .................................................................................................. Secure
Inboarrd Nacelle Drrains ....................................................................................................................... Clear
Oil Coooler Door ................................................................................................................................. Check
Propelller Blades and Spinner .......................................................................................................... Check

NOTE: Do not twisst or move Propeller


P Blad
des fore and
d aft. This will
w cause pro
op seal deterrioration
and ma
ay cause the
e seal to fail.

Enginee Intake/Lead ding Edge ............................................................................................................ Check


Enginee Outboard Panels P and C Cowls ............................................................................................... Secure
Outboa ard Nacelle Drains D ..................................................................................................................... Clear
Wing Inspecttion Light .............................................................................................................. Check
Right W
Landinng Lights ................................................................................................................................. Check
Fuel T
Tank Drain an nd Magnetic Dipstick ........................................................................................... Secure
Outboa ard Deicing Boots B ................................................................................................................... Check
Surge Bay Fuel Drrain ..................................................................................................................... Secure
Fuel T
Tank Ram-Airr (NACA) Ve ents ...................................................................................................... Clear
Wingtip Position Lights ..................................................................................................................... Check
Aileron
n and Geared d Tab ................................................................................................................... Check
Ground d Adjustable e Tab ..................................................................................................................... Check
Static Dischargers (6) ...................................................................................................................... Check
Flap T
Track and Aile eron Actuato or Fairings .......................................................................................... Check
Outboa ard Flap ................................................................................................................................... Check
Refuell Panel Door .............................................................................................................. Clossed/Secure
Right M
Main Gear General G Cond dition .................................................................................................. Check
Down lock Pin .............................................................................................................................. Removed
Tires ................................................................................................................................................. Check
Torquee Link and Brake Assemb bly ..................................................................................................... Check
Weight-On-Wheels s Sensors an nd Wiring .......................................................................................... Check
Brake Lines ...................................................................................................................................... Check
Brake Wear Indicators ..................................................................................................................... Check
Hydrau ulic Quantity ........................................................................................................................... Check
Hydrau ulic Filter Ind dicators (3, No N Red show wing) ................................................................................. check
Pump Handle .................................................................................................................................. Stowed
AC Co ontactor Box and Panel ......................................................................................... Condittion/Secure
Right M
Main Gear Rear R Doors ............................................................................................................ Check
Right M
Main Gear Door D Pin ............................................................................................................ Removed
Inboarrd Flap ..................................................................................................................................... Check

RIGHT
T AFT FUSE
ELAGE

Aft Fusselage Gene eral Condition n ....................................................................................................... Check


Accummulator Presssure (Min 500 0 psi) ................................................................................................ Check
Aft-Cabin Service/E Emergency Exit E ................................................................................................... Check
Aft-Cabin Service/E Emergency Exit E Egress Light L ............................................................................... Check
Air Cond. Pack Ram Air Inlet (D Dorsal Fin NA ACA Vent) ....................................................................... Clear
Air Cond. Pack Exh haust ..................................................................................................................... Clear
Rear Fuselage
F Acccess Door ............................................................................................... Clossed/Secure
APU VVent ......................................................................................................................................... Check
APU GGenerator Airr Intake ................................................................................................................. Check
APU DDoors ......................................................................................................................... Clossed/Secure
APU DDrain Mast ............................................................................................................................... Check
APU GGenerator Airr Exhaust ................................................................................................... Check/Clear
C
APU Inntake ......................................................................................................................................... Clear
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.13
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
EMPENNAGE

Right VVertical Stab bilizer ..................................................................................................................... Check


Tail Coone (RH) ..............................................................................................................................Condition
Vertica
al Stabilizer Deicing
D Boott ........................................................................................................ Check
Navigaation Antennas ......................................................................................................................... Check
Right HHorizontal Sttabilizer................................................................................................................. Check
Deicing g Boots ................................................................................................................................... Check
Logo LLight (RH) ............................................................................................................................... Check
Right SStabilizer Tipp Static Disch harger (1) .......................................................................................... Check
Right EElevator Stattic Discharge ers (3) ............................................................................................... Check
Right EElevator .................................................................................................................................. Check
Fore aand Trailing Rudder
R (RH) ........................................................................................................ Check
Rudde er Static Discchargers (3) .......................................................................................................... Check
Bullet Fairing Staticc Dischargerrs (2)................................................................................................. Check
Navigaation Lights .............................................................................................................................. Check
APU E Exhaust ..................................................................................................................................... Clear
Spoilers (on aft outtboard wing sections) ..................................................................................... Retracted
Enginee Exhausts ................................................................................................................................ Clear
Fore aand Trailing Rudder
R (LH) .......................................................................................................... Check
Left Hoorizontal Stabilizer ................................................................................................................... Check
Left Elevator ..................................................................................................................................... Check
Left Elevator Staticc Dischargerss (3) .................................................................................................. Check
Logo LLight (LH) ................................................................................................................................ Check
Left Sttabilizer Tip Static
S Discha arger (1) ............................................................................................ Check
Deicing g Boots ................................................................................................................................... Check
Left Veertical Stabiliizer ...................................................................................................................... Check
Vertica
al Stabilizer Deicing
D Boott ......................................................................................................... Check
Navigaation Antennas ......................................................................................................................... Check
Tail Coone (LH) .............................................................................................................................Condition

LEFT A
AFT FUSEL
LAGE

Aft Fusselage Gene eral Condition n ........................................................................................................ Check


Upper Anti Collision Light.................................................................................................................. Check
ELT Antenna ..................................................................................................................................... Check
Air Cond. Pack Exh haust ...................................................................................................................... Clear
Air Cond. Pack Ram Air Inlet (D Dorsal Fin NA ACA Vent) ........................................................................ Clear
Aft Bagggage Door ............................................................................................................... Clossed/Secure
Aft-Cabin Passeng ger/Emergency Exit Egres ss Light .......................................................................... Check
Aft-Cabin Passeng ger /Emergen ncy Exit .............................................................................................. Check
Static T
Temperature e Probe ................................................................................................................. Clean

LEFT W
WING AND NACELLE

Inboarrd Flap .................................................................................................................................... Check


Left Main Gear General Condittion .................................................................................................... Check
Left Main Gear Door Pin ............................................................................................................. Removed
Main Gear
G Rear Do oors ...................................................................................................................... Check
AC Co ontactor Box and Panel .......................................................................................... Condittion/Secure
Hydrauulic Filter Ind
dicators (3, No N Red Show wing) .............................................................................. Check
Hydrauulic Quantity ............................................................................................................................ Check
Brake Wear Indicators ...................................................................................................................... Check
Brake Lines ...................................................................................................................................... Check
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.14
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
Weight-On-Wheels s Sensors an nd Wiring ........................................................................................... Check
Torquee Link and Brake Assemb bly ..................................................................................................... Check
Tires ................................................................................................................................................. Check
Down lock Pin ............................................................................................................................. Removed
Outboa ard Flap ................................................................................................................................... Check
Flap T
Track and Aile eron Actuato or Fairings .......................................................................................... Check
n and Geared
Aileron d Tab.................................................................................................................... Check
Static Dischargers (6) ...................................................................................................................... .Check
Wingtip Position Lights ..................................................................................................................... Check
Fuel T
Tank Ram-Airr (NACA) Ve ents ..................................................................................................... Clear
Surge Bay Fuel Drrain ..................................................................................................................... Secure
Outboa ard Deicing Boots B .................................................................................................................... Check
Fuel T
Tank Drain an nd Magnetic Dipstick ........................................................................................... Secure
Landinng Lights .................................................................................................................................. Check
Left Wing
W Inspectio on Light................................................................................................................. Check
Enginee Outboard Panels P and C Cowls ................................................................................................ Secure
Outboa ard Nacelle Drains D .................................................................................................................... Clear
Oil Coooler Door ................................................................................................................................ Check
Enginee Intake/ Lea ading Edge ............................................................................................................ Check
Propelller Blades and Spinner ........................................................................................................... Check

NOTE: Do not twis


st or move Propeller
P Blad
des fore and aft. This will
w cause pro
op seal deterrioration
and ma
ay cause the
e seal to fail.

Enginee Inboard Paanels and Co owls ................................................................................................... Secure


Inboarrd Nacelle Drrains ...................................................................................................................... Clear
ns ......................................................................................................................... Check
Collecttor Bay Drain
Inboarrd Deicing Bo
oot ........................................................................................................................ Check

FORW
WARD FUSELAGE

Left En
ngine Inspecction Light ............................................................................................................. Check
Airstair Door Egresss Light ................................................................................................................. Check
Docum mentation.................................................................................................................................. Check
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.15
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3.4 COCKP
PIT PREPA
ARATION
N
The exxact sequence of cockpit preparation up to the BEFORE ST TART CHEC CKLIST depe ends on
operattional considerations, prim marily wheth her or not eleectrical powe er is availablle. If the onlyy power
availab
ble is internaal aircraft battteries, the majority
m of the
e preparation n checks andd tests should d not be
done uuntil an enginne is running and a generator is on th he line, to pre
event depletion of the battteries.
To ap pply DC pow wer the airccraft for cocckpit prepara ation purpos ses, follow the QRH checklist
c
depend ding on the case:
c
 GPU - “Fo or DC Extern nal Power Only”
O
 APU - “Fo or APU Powe er”
Aircraft’s Batteries
B - “F
For Battery Power
P Only””

NOTE: The COCK KPIT PREPA ARATION CH HECKLIST iis committed d to memoryy, but the creew may
read th
he checklistss whenever theyt consideer it necessaary during the e cockpit pre
eparation, esspecially
when there
t is no DC
D External power
p available.
Adjust the seats fo ore and aft prior
p to vertical seat adju
ustment. Ensure that the e rudder ped dals are
adjuste
ed to allow fuull travel app
plication of ru
udder and fu he seat vertically for
ull braking. Next, adjust th
unrestricted externnal viewing a and unrestriccted internal instrument viewing.
v The eye level indicators
must be
b used (by aligning the e black and white
w spherees), but some small adju ustment mayy still be
necesssary to satisffy the interna
al and extern nal viewing. Adjust
A the haarness and shoulder
s stra
aps for a
snug fiit and leave the
t inertial reeel unlocked to allow free e access to all
a controls and switches.
The COCKPIT
C PRREPARATIO ON checklistt for the CA APTAIN and d FIRST OFFICER sho ould be
followe
ed as outlineed in the QR RH. A speciffic flow is ob bserved for each pilot’s cockpit prep paration
checklist, and the items to be observed
o durring each parrt of the flow are accordin
ng to the QR
RH.

3.4.1 CAPTAIN
N’S COCKP
PIT PREPAR
RATION PR
ROCEDURE AOM 2.1
17.3.1)

 
 
 This preparation
n will bring th
he systems in their norma
al configurattion.

BATER RY BATT MA ASTER...................................................................................................On


DC Geen 1 and 2.................................................................................................................On
Ice Pro
otection/WSS Heat & Wip pers...................................................................................Off

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.16
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
 Se tall sw
witches on the
e ice protection panel to OFF
O position
n.

PITOT
T/STATIC sw witches...................................................................................................Off
Landin hts........................................................................................................Off
ng/Taxi Ligh
FDR G
GND TEST Switch..........
S ...........................................................................................Press
s

Checkk that FLT DA


ATA RECOR
RDER caution
n light goes out
o
ELT Auto

 NOTE: En
nsure ELT mode
m switch is fully in the ARMED possition.

Fire Detection.....................................................................................................................Testt
 ENGINE 1 and ENG GINE 2 FIR RE TEST DETECTION D switch-Hold d alternatelyy, for a
minimum of one secon nd, at ENGIN NE 1and ENG GINE 2 posittions and che eck:
 PULL FUEL/H HYD OFF han ndle light illuminates.
 FA AULT A and FAULT B ad dvisory lightss illuminate.
 CHECK FIRE DET warnin ng light illuminates.
 MASTER
M WARNING light flashes.
 ENGINE FIRE E lights flash. ENGINE FIRE F light-Pre ess. Check ENGINE E FIR
RE lights
sttop flashing and a fire-warn ning tone is silenced.
s
 Fiire warning to one sounds.

ENGIN
NE FIRE ligh
ht...................................................................................................... Press
 Check EN NGINE FIRE lights stop flashing and fire-warning f tone
t is silenc ced.

Fuel/H
Hyd Valves........................................................................................................... Open
 Make surre fuel and hydraulich valves are ope en and the green g FUEL VALVE OPEN and
HYD VALVE OPEN ad dvisory lightss are on.

age Smoke Warning


Bagga W (AF
FT and FWDD).................................................................... Test
 Note: Dirrect sun lig ght on the smoke dettectors in the t forward and aft baggage b
compartm
ments can afffect the BAG
GGAGE FWD D SMOKE an nd BAGGAGE AFT SMOKE test.
The forwaard baggage e and aft ba
aggage com mpartment do oors should be closed prior to
conducting the forward
d baggage and
a aft bagga age compartm ments smoke e test.

Bagga
age AFT................................................................................................................ TEST
 Note masster warning tone and check c MASTER WARNIN NG and SMOKE warnin ng lights
flash and SMOKE/EX XTG, VENT INLT, VENT T OTLT and AFT BTL ARM A advisorry lights
illuminate.

at with BAGG
Repea GAGE AFT........................................................................................ TEST
Bagga
age FWD TESST switch TE
EST

 Note masster warning tone and check


c MASTER WARNIN NG and SMOKE warnin
ng lights
flash and SMOKE/EXT TG and FWDD BTL ARM advisory
a ligh
hts illuminate.

Panel Lighting........................................................................................................ As Req’d

Set the panel


p lighting intensity to the appropria
ate intensity.

on 1 and 2........................................................................................................... Norm


Ignitio
Cabin Altitude Co ontrols................................................................................................... Set

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.17
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
Set the controls
c as fo
ollows:
 AU UTO/MAN/DU UMP switch – Set at AUT
TO.
 CA ABIN ALTITU UDE FWD OUTFLOW kn nob – Rotate fully counterr clockwise.

Closes th
he for-ward safety
s valve.
 LD DG ALT control knob – Rotate
R to set the destination airport ellevation on the
t LDG
ALLT indicator.

Exterior Lights...................................................................................................... As Req’d


Position lights
l on

Emerg
gency Lights s.......................................................................................................... Arm
Make ssure the EMER LTS DISA ARMED cau ution light goe es off.

Passeenger Signs.................................................................................................. As
A Req’d
Sets fastten belts an nd no smokking switchess to FASTE EN BELTS and a NO SMMOKING
Positio
on.

Cautio
on/Advisory y Lights................................................................................................ Test
Hold CAU UTION/ADVIISORY LIGH HTS TEST sw witch at CAU UT and make sure:
 A/P P DISENG lights on the Glare G shield flash.
 MA ASTER CAU UTION and MASTER M WA ARNING lights flash.
 All caution lights steady on.
 #1 ENG OIL PRESS and #2 # ENG OIL PRESS P warn ning lights turn on steadyy.
 All remaining warning
w lightss flash.
 Pu ush MASTER R CAUTION light and ma ake sure it go oes off.
 Pu ush MASTER R WARNING G light and make m sure it goesg off and d warning ligh hts stop
flashing.

Note: FUSELAGE DOORS warning w light will not fla ash with passsenger or baggage b
door(s) open.

Hold C
CAUTION/AD
DVISORY LIG
GHTS TEST
T switch at AD
DVSY and make
m sure:

o Alll advisory lights and AP DISENG


D ligh
ht illuminate.
o Paarticular attenntion must bee given to thee following advisory
a lightts:
o Firre detection panel lights.
o De 
e-ice and antti-ice lights.
o POOWERED FL LIGHT CON NTROL SWIT TCHLIGHTS S on the Gla are shield pa anel, all
fou
ur switch lighhts read PUS SH OFF.
o La
anding gear lights.
o Noote: ENGINE E SELECT, ENGINE
E STA ART, CABIN ALTITUDE FAULT F and 
o ALLTERNATE PILOT P WIPEER ON lights do not illumiinate with the e advisory lig
ght test.
 
Cautio
on/Advisory
y Lights Dim
mming Switc
ch............................................................As Req'd

Set to DIM for minimum brigh htness of all caution and o BRT for maximum
d advisory lights. Set to
ness of all ca
Brightn aution and ad
dvisory lights
s.

Temp Controls.................................................................................................................Set
 The settin ng of these sw witches may y vary depend ding on temp perature requ uirements:
 Set both PACK
P CONT TROL switche es to the AUTO position.

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.18
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
 Turn the PASSENGE ER CABIN TEMPERAT TURE knob counter clo
ockwise to the
t F/A
position, or
o as required.
 Turn the FLT
F COMP TEMPERATU
T URE knob ass required.

Bleed Air 1 and 2............................................................................................................OFF


AC Ex
xternal....................................................................................................................As Req
q’d
AC Geen 1 and 2..............................................................................................................On
GPWSS Override................................................................................................................Norm

Make sure the GPW


WS FLAP OV
VERRIDE sw
witch light is off, and the
e plastic gua
ard is in
place.

Nose wwheel Steerring.......................................................................................................Off


Stall W a 2..................................................................................................Test
Warnings 1 and

STALL
L WARN TES
ST switch - Select
S TEST 1. Observe:

 Stick shaker activates.


 #1 STALL SYST FAIL and PUSHE ER SYST FAIIL caution lig
ghts illuminate.
 #1 STALL SYST FAIL L and PUSH
HER SYST FAIL
F caution lights out and
a stick sha
aker off.
Repeat witth STALL WA ARN TEST switch
s to TES
ST 2 (exceptt in item - #2
2 STALL SYS ST FAIL
caution ligh
ht illuminatess).

ADC 1and
1 2..................................................................................................................... Test

Check ALT FAIL, IAS S FAIL and IVSI FAIL fllags are out on captain and co-pilott PFD’s,
and valid SAT is displlayed on ED.

ADC te
est switch - Hold
H at TESTT 1 and checck:
 The barom metric altimeter shows 14360 ft on pilo ot’s PFD.
 The altime eter barometrric setting changes to 990 0 HPa (29.23 3 in Hg) on pilot’s
p PFD.
 The maxim mum operatin ng airspeed (VMO)
( is displayed as 28 84 KIAS on pilot’s
p PFD.
 The airspe eed indicator displays 285 5 KIAS in redd on pilot’s PFD.
P
 The indicated SAT is -1 15°C and WT TG 2 FAIL appears on ED.
 IAS, IAS MISMATCH
M a ALT app
and pear on PFD’s.
 PITCH TR RIM and ELEV VATOR FEE EL and AVIONICS caution n lights illuminate.
 The over speed
s warninng horn is activated after 5 seconds.

N
Note: TCAS FAIL may mo omentarily flash on PFD’’s and MFD’ss during the ADC functional test.
ADCTTest switch hold
h at TEST T 2 and check previous items above e on co-pilott’s PFD exce ept SAT
does notchange
n and WTG 1 FAIL F advisoryy message appears on ED.

Smoke e Goggles............................................................................................................................ Check

Make
e sure goggle
es are not sccratched, are
e in good con
ndition and properly
p store
ed.

Flight//Taxi.................................................................................................................................... Taxi
 
Make surre the FLIGH
HT/TAXI switch on the GL
LARESHIELD
D is in the TA
AXI position..

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.19
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
Stick P
Pusher/Elev
vator Trim Shutoff.........
S .............................................................................N
Normal

Make sure the ELEV VATOR TRIM


M & STICK P PUSHER SH HUTOFF swiitch lights arre in the
out position
n and the am
mber PUSH OFF
O lights arre not on.

Clock..............................................................................................................................................Check

Make surre clock is se erviceable an nd the correcct time is set, and reset th he flight time e to zero
before eac ch flight.
GPWS
S...........................................................................................................................................Test

 No. 1 NAVV receiver operative


 Flap selecttor lever 0°
 GPWS FLA AP OVERRIDE switch Normal and guarded
 GPWS cau ution light Ouut
 PULL UP GPWS
G TEST T switch Presss and hold, check that th
he GPWS ca aution light
 GPWS FLAP OVERRIIDE, PULL UP, U and BEL LOW G/S ad dvisory lightss illuminate, and the
“GLIDESLOPE” and “P PULL UP” auural warningss are audible.
 MFD #1 display set NA AV with TERRR ON for te attern (Scotttish kilt) is displayed
errain test pa
on MFD

N
NOTE: If Tes
st response iss unsatisfacttorily, wait att least 30 secc before repe
eating Test.

Coursse/Nav. Sourrce.....................................................................................................................Set
Set a
appropriate SID
S course fo or FMS back k up and cycle and check k each nav- source s mode

PFCS.......................................................................................................................................... Normal

Makee sure all fou
ur Powered Flight Contro
ol Shutoff sw
witch lights on
o the glare shield
s are in the out
positio
on and both the amber PUUSH OFF or OFF switch lights are off ff.

Flight Guidance Controller....


C ...................................................................................................Check

 Make sure
e HSI SEL po oints to the leeft/right-PF side.
 <HSI annuunciation apppears in amber at upper left of co-pilo ot’s PFD.
 S switch light and HSII pointer poin
Push HSI SEL nts to right side.
 <HSI annuunciation goees off on co-p pilot’s PFD.
 HSI> annuunciation apppears in amber at upper left of captain n’s PFD.
 e of pilot flying.
Select HSII SEL to side
 Set NAV SORCE
S and COURSE
C
 Set G/A Pbb. Press, HDDG mode, AL LT SEL
 PF set RW
WY HDG and INITIAL ALT T

Altime
eters....................................................................................................................................Set

Set the lo ocal altimeter setting usin ng the BARO O SET knob on o the INDEX CONTROL L panel,
and confirm m the altime eter reading with the fielld elevation. Altimeters should s be within
w 60
feet of field d elevation.
PFD...............................................................................................................................................Check
The follow wing flight instruments sh hould be che ecked for serrviceability th hen set for de eparture
or SID.

 TAKE--OFF: For takke-off use MDA to set en ngine out.


 EADI - Set displayy intensity to a comfortab
ble level. Make sure no red
r flags are in view
and alll displays are
e correct.

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.20
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
 EHSI (HSI)
( - Set display
d intenssity to a com
mfortable leve
el. Make sure
e no red flag
gs are in
view and
a all displaays are correect. Select VOR and ADF F on the EFIIS CONTRO OL panel
and maake sure the
e VOR and ADF
A needles indicate corrrectly.

MFD................................................................................................................................................Check

m MFD Selector functio


Confirm on on the Engine
E & Syystem Integrrated Display
y Control Panel by
cycling
g through eacch of ENG, NAV,
N SYS, and
a PFD. Finally set doorr page.

PFCS Indicator.............................................................................................................................Check

Make sure all spoiler needles on n the MFD indicate (horizontal) spo oilers retracte
ed. The
rudder mayy indicate a deflection
d lefft or right of centre
c if a cro
osswind exissts.

Stby Attitude
A Indiicator..............................................................................................................Erect
Make surre red flag is not in view and a instrume ent is erect (iif not push CAGE C button)).

Stby Airspeed
A Ind
dicator..........................................................................................................C Check
Standby Altimeter.........................................................................................................................Set
Set the local altimete er setting an nd confirm th he altimeter reading with h the field elevation.
For in flight operation sstandard presssure QNE 1013, 1 25 Hpa a shall be set.

essages............................................................................................................................Check
ED me
Note: If messages
m a
appear in the e Engine Dissplay adviso ory area, ma aintenance a action is
required beefore dispatcch.

Fuel Q Quantity...............................................................................................................................Check
Make sure the quantity of fuel in ndicated on the MFD – Fuel page, is sufficientt for the
flight.
Maximum fuel f imbalance between left and rightt fuel tank is 272 kg (600 lbs).

ng Gear Sel/Lights/Horn...................................................................................................Check
Landin
 Make sure e landing gea
ar selector is selected dow wn.
 Green LEF FT/NOSE/RIG GHT undercarriage lightss are on.
 The L DOOR and R DOOR D and/o or N DOOR amber lights s may be on n if the landing gear
doors are open.
o
 Hold the gear-warning horn test sw witch at TEST T and make sure s the horn n sounds.
 Release TEST switch and a horn sho ould stop sou unding.

GPWS S Landing Fllap..............................................................................................................As


s Req’d
Stby Hyd
H Press/P PTU/Hyd #3 IsolationI Vaalve...................................................................... Normal
N

Make surre all three of the switch lights are offf.

Flap In
ndication.........................................................................................................................C Check

Make surre the flap se election indiccated on the MFD agrees s with the flap p lever position.
AHRS......................................................................................................................................Ch
heck
FMS.................................................................................................................................. Prograammed

Check FMS databasse, check NA AV data pag ge, X-FILL OFP O (use PL LAN mod TO O check
route and clearance
c paage), ATC ca all sign, Unlin nk call sign and fuel page e

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.21
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
EFIS C
Control Panel....................................................................................................................... Set
Set the dimming
d control knobs fo or nominal in ntensity and the PFD and MFD. Set desired
Navaids (VVOR, ADF orr FMS) using g the bearing selector kno ob.

Pitch & Roll Disc............................................................................................................................... In


Make surre both PITC CH and ROLL L disconnectt handles are e pushed in.

Tank A
Aux Pumps 1 and 2............................................................................................................... Off
Make sure the TANK K 1 and TAN NK 2 AUX PUMP switch lights are off. o This can also be
confirmed on the MFD – Fuel Syste ems page. Fuel Transfer Off
Make surre the FUEL TRANSFER R switch is OF FF and make e sure that both green
VALVE OPEN
O lights are
a off on the e MFD Fuel Systems pag ge.

AUTOFEATHER................................................................................................................................. Off
AUTOFEATHER test...................................................................................................................Press

Checkk SELECT ad
dvisory light illuminates. Observe
O the following appear on ED:
 A/F SELEC CT
 A/F TEST IN PROGRE ESS
 UPTRIM anda ITT red ra adial increasses
 NTOP cha anges to MTO OP and torqu ue rating andd torque bugss increase 10
0%
 A/F ARM appears
a twice.
 A/F TEST PASS
 MTOP cha anges to NTO OP and torqu ue rating andd torque bugss decrease 10%
1

N
Note: If auto feather testt is aborted, A/F TEST ABORT
A message will ap
ppear on ED. If auto
fea
ather test fails, A/F TEST
T FAILED me essage will a
appear on ED
D.

AUTOFEATHER switch..........
s ...........................................................................................Pres
ss/OFF
Check SE
ELECT advissory out and A/F SELECT T message disappears
d o ED.
on

Altern
nate Featherr 1 and 2...........................................................................................................Norm
Make surre the green ALTERNATE FEATHER R pushbutton n indicator lights are off.

COCK
KPIT VOICE RECORDER
R (CVR) CAL
LLOUTS (TE
EST)…………
……..……. (R
Refer AOM 6.4-35)
6

ng Brake................................................................................................................................... On
Parkin
Make surre the EMER RGENCY/PARKING BRA AKE LEVER is i set to PAR RK.

ng Brake HY
Parkin YD PRESS......................................................................................................Check
Make surre the PK BR
RK gauge on n the MFD – Hydraulic pa age indicates s hydraulic pressure
p
above 500 PSI (minimuum dispatch)).

Contro
ol Lock.................................................................................................................................... On
Powerr Levers............................................................................................................................... Disc
Condition Levers.....................................................................................................................F Fuel Off
ARCDDU...................................................................................................................................... On/Set

Select fre equencies ass required.

TCAS on ARCDU...................................................................................................................STA
ANDBY
Note: The ACAS II/T TCAS II mod de of operation is displa ayed on the PFD and ND/MFD.
Selecting TA/RA
T enab bles TA/RA mode for ta ake-off. TCA AS is in STB BY mode when the

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.22
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
transpondeer is in STBY
Y mode. ACAS II/TCAS II will indica
ate FAIL on ARCDU
A with
h onside
ATC set too standby annd offside ATC
A failed. Select
S ATC ON
O to confirrm ACAS II/T
TCAS II
function.

TCAS//ATC Page ono ARCDU............................................................................................Select TEST


Observe TCAS TES ST annuncia ate on EHS SI/PFD and d intruder symbol s test pattern
displayed on
o the ND/M
MFD, IVSI tes st indication is displayed, no failures are annunciiate and
“TCAS
SYSTEM TEST
T OK” is
i announce ed. If a faultt is identified d at the com mpletion of the test
“TCAS SYSTEM TEST T FAIL” is announced.

ATC-T
TRANSPOND DER on ARCCDU......................................................................................STA
ANDBY
Set squa
awk 2000 to
o identified new
n squawkk selection when w given by ATC. Usse ATC
expanded page and se
et ALT featurre to position ALT1 or 2 in n respect to PF side.

Set selector switch


hes to require
ed COMM ch hannels.
 EMERGEN NCY switch to t NORM
 Set MIC sw witch to BOO OM
 HOT MIC switch
s as reqquired
 Push the required rotarry selectors down
d (ON) anda set volum me to a comffortable levell.
 Select pag ge 2 and check required selectors
s dow wn and volum me set (e.g., COMM, MR RK)

Note: For night flying, either one of the pilot’ss or co-pilot’ss reading ligh
ht must be aimed
a at
the, ARCD DU radio sele ector knob to
t enable de etermination of the selecctor position. If BAD
CONF mes ssage on AR RCDU, cycle power off an nd then on.

Trims.....................................................................................................................................Chec
ck/Set
 Release co ontrol lock th hen cycle the e aileron trim m throughout its range the en set trim ne eedle to
center possition Re-eng gage control lock.
 Cycle the rudder r trim th hroughout itss range then set trim nee edle to centerr position.
 Cycle the elevator e trim throughout its range the en set trim ne eedle to center position.

N
Note: When setting the elevator trim m, holding the t elevator trim switch for greater than 3
se
econds will ca ause the “ele evator trim in n motion’ aud dio tone to so ound and the e ELEVATOR TRIM
SHHUTOFF switch PUSH O OFF advisory light to illum minate.

ESID C
Control Pan nel......................................................................................................................Set
EFIS A
ATT/HDG So ource.................................................................................................................Norm
EFIS A
ADC Source e.......................................................................................................................Norm
Radarr....................................................................................................................................STA
ANDBY

   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.23
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3.4.2 FIRST OF
FFICER’S COCKPIT
C P
PREPARAT
TION PROC
CEDURE
AOM 2.17.3.2)

 
 
ARCD
DU......................................................................................................................................O
On/Set
Select fre equencies ass required.
Set Selec ctor switchess to required COMM chan nnels:

 EM
MERGENCY Y switch to NOORM
 Se
et MIC switch
h to BOOM
 HO
OT MIC switcch as requireed
 Pu
ush the required rotary se
electors down (ON) and set
s volume too comfortablee level.
 Se
elect page 2 and check required sellectors down n and volume set (e.g., COMM,
MR
RK)

 Note: For night flying, either one of


o the pilot’s or co-pilot’s reading ligh
ht must be aimed
a at
the ARCDDU radio sele ector knob to
o enable de etermination of the selecctor position. If BAD
CONF messsage on AR RCDU, cycle power off an nd then on.

EFIS C
Control Panel........................................................................................................................Set

Set the dimming conttrol knobs forr nominal inte ensity on the e PFD and MFD. M
Set desirred Radio-Na av aids (VOR R, ADF, or FM MS) using the bearing se elector knobss.

FMS............................................................................................................................... Program
mmed

Check FM MS database e, check NAV V data page. Enter flightt plan accord ding JET PLA AN (use
PLAN mod d TO check route and clearance pag ge), ATC calll sign, Unilin nk call sign and
a fuel
page.
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.24
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
AHRS.......................................................................................................................................... Check

Cours
se, Nav sourrce........................................................................................................................ Set
Clock................................................................................................................................................. Set

Make sure clock is serviceable, s the correct time t is set and a the flightt time is set to zero
before eac ch flight.

Skid........................................................................................................................................... On
Anti-S

Turning the t ANTI-SK KID TEST sw witch on will cause it to do a self-tes st. Make surre INBD
ANTI-SKID D and OUTB BD ANTI-SKIID caution lig ghts go off after a six secconds, indica ating the
test is com mplete.

MFD.............................................................................................................................................. Check

Confirm MFD M Selecto or function on n the Engine e & System Integrated Diisplay Contro ol Panel
by
Cycling thrrough each of o ENG, NAV V, SYS, and PFD. P Finally set electrica al page.

PFD............................................................................................................................................. Check

The follow wing flight instruments sh hould be che ecked for serrviceability th hen set for de eparture
or SID.

 TA
AKE-OFF: Fo or take-off us
se MDA to se et engine outt AA.
 EA ortable level. Make sure
ADI - Set dissplay intensitty to a comfo e no red flags are in
vie
ew and all dissplays are co
orrect.
 EH S display intensity to a comfortable
HSI (HSI) - Set e level. Makke sure no re ed flags
are
e in view and
a all displays are corrrect. Selectt VOR and ADF on th he EFIS
COONTROL pan nel and make e sure the VO
OR and ADF F needles inddicate correcctly.

Altime
eter...................................................................................................................................... Set

Set the lo ocal altimete er setting using the BARO O SET knob on the indexx control pan nel, and
confirm the e altimeter re eading with the t field elevvation. Altime eters should be within 60 0 feet of
field elevattion.

Smoke
e Goggles.......................................................................................................................... Check

Make surre goggles are not scratcched, are in good g conditio on and prope erly stowed.

en Press........................................................................................................................... Check
Oxyge

Make surre the oxygen pressure gauge g indicattes minimum m quantity forr dispatch.

ard Outflow Valve.............................................................................................Norm/Gu


Forwa uarded
Make surre the FORW WARD SAFETY VALVE switch s is set to t NORMAL//CLOSED po osition.

   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.25
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3.4.3 SYSTEM CHECK ON NCE EVER
RY 24 HOUR
RS - FLYING DAY (CA
APT/LHS)
17.5.5)
( AOM 2.1

This procedure is to be used once


o every 242 hours and d shall be doone by both pilots. Somme items
are alrready include
ed in cockpit preparation and some ca an only be performed after engine sta
art.
After check
c is com
mplete and checklist
c is red
r will makke TLB (Tec chnical Log Book)
B or RT
TV entry
(e.g.244 hour’s system test perfo
ormed at 06..00. No mainntenance actiion required..)

3.4.4 FINAL CO
OCKPIT PR
REPARATIO
ON

Fuel Q Quantity ................................................................................................................................. CHECK


Checkk FOB and fu uel distributio on on ED or MFD M Fuel Syystem page. Check that FOB F corresp ponds to
flight p
plan fuel.
Flight DDirector Set--up for Take--off:
 FD set-up for TAKE-OFF is PF duty th hat has to be e checked by b PM. In ord der to set pro oper FD
m
modes for take-off, GO-AR ROUND buttons has to be b pressed firrst.
 Armed mode on PFD FMA A will be WIN NGS LEVEL L and GA. Th hen PF pressses HDG mo ode and
chheck that HDDG bug is sett to RWY hea ading and ch heck that HD DG mode on PFD FMA is active.
 It is PF duty to set appropriate navigation n a
aids using ARCDU A and d bearing selectors
acccording to received
r or expected
e SID D of the runw way in use. PM P is responsible to crosss check
naavigation sett up on ARCD DU.

Seat, S
Seat Belts, Harnesses,
H Rudder Ped dals, Armres sts.......................................................... ADJUST
 Thhe seat is co orrectly adjussted when the pilot's eyess are in line with w the blac ck and white balls.
 L
Load
Sheet.........................................................................................................................CHEC CK
 R
Read load sh heet data and both pilotss will insert it into FUEL L page and announce a ZF FW and
TOOW that will be crossche ecked. If the e load sheet data is corre ect PIC will sign s load sh heet and
booth pilots will fill in approp priate items in JET PLAN N (PYLD, ZFW W, TOW and d LW).

T/O DA
ATA (Speedds) ..................................................................................... BOTH
H PILOTS PREPARES
P
 TO
O data calcu
ulation in rela ation to actual weather condition (non-icing, icing condiition or
de
e-icing proccedure perfo ormed) and actual a takeofff weight for briefed flapss setting, the en using
IC
CP speed push buttons set appropriatte V1, VR, V V2, VFRI, VC CLB.

T/O DA
ATA X-CHEC
CK

 Using ICP spe


eed push butttons set app propriate VFRI and VCLB n in relation to actual
B calculation
w
weather condition for brieffed flaps settting.

FLT. A
ATTEND REP PORT .......................................................................................................... RECEIVED
R
Before
e engine starrt TC will repport to CAPT T number of passengers, cargo and mail m docume ents and
requesst door closin
ng. If no disa
agreement wiith load shee et, CAPT will allow door to be closed.

3.4.5 SET UP COCKPIT


C P
PRAPARAT
TION

With ATIS
A informa
ation, dispatcch informatio
on, W&B, fu d. ATIS for the local aerrodrome
uel on board
should
d be recorded
d and reviewwed
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.26
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3.4.5.1
1 TAKEOF
FF DATA

With th
he W&B and FINAL TOW
W information
n, use the published Q400 TOLD CHA
ARTS.

he SPEED BU
Use th R, V2, VFRI and VCLIMB
UG selector to set V1, VR B.

The filled-in triangle represents VFRI (flap


p retraction sspeed), whilsst the hollow
w triangle rep
presents
MB.
VCLIM

Alwayss crosscheck
k all data for accuracy be
efore departu
ure.

SET UP COCKPIT PREPARATIO


P ON
NAV SELECT
T SID,ROUT
TE
FM
MS
PER
RFORMANC
CE FU
UEL/MTOW//MLW/MZFW
W/ALTERNAT
TE FUEL/HO
OLDING
REVIEW SID CHART

ALTITUD
A
SET AL
LTITUD PRE
ESELECTOR
R RESTRICT
TED FOR SID
D ,CHECK
PRE
ESELECTOR
R
F
FMA
FGC
P.F.D: MDA ROT
TARY KNOB
B TO ACELE
ERATION ALTITUDE
I.C.P
1000
0ft AGL
SET
T UP P.F.D: V1/VR/V2
I.C.P
VFRI/VCLIMB: (E
EACH PILOTT SAME TIMME, CROSS-CHECK)
PL/FGC G AROUND
GO D SW,HEADIING AND AL
LT SELECT ,FGC
,
PINK NE
EDDLES OR::
FGC/NAV
F
PF:PINK N
SORCE
PM:BN

ARCD
DU BOTH SELCT/FRE
EC /RADIO /N
NAV/ TRANS
SP.CODE/TC
CAS POS.

   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.27
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
TAKEE OFF BRIEFING CHART Q40
00
MISC
CELLANEOUS
 TAILSTRIKKE AWARNESSS 
 AIRCRAFTT TECHNICAL SSTATUS 
 NOTAMS
 WX ATIS
 RWY CON NDITION 
 USE OF ANTI ICE 
 ENG STAR RT PROCEDUR RE 
 PUSHBAC CK 
 EXPECTED D TAXI CLEAREENCE 
 USE OF RA ADAR 
DATA REVIIEW 
 TOTAL FUEEL  FUEL PA
AGE 
 EXTRA FUEEL  FLIGHT PLAN  
 TAKE OFF W WEIGHT AGE 
FUEL PA
       
TAKE OFF P PERFORMANC CE
 TO RWY  SET BUGGS BOTH PILO
OTS 
 FLAP CONFFIG   
 V1, VR, V2,,VFRI,VCLIMB SET MDDA BOTH PILO
OTS 
 ACC /ALTITTUDE   
   
FLIGHT PLA AN 
 MINIMUN SAFE ALTITUD
DE  FIRST A
ASIGNED FL 
 ALTSEL  FLIGHT PLAN DESCRIIPTIONXFILL 
 RAD AIDS  ARCDU 
ABNOR RMAL OPERATTION
FOR ANY YTIME FAILUR RE BEFORE V1 1
PM  will  call “ABORT””  
Rejectedd take off, brieefing and proccedure, shall aalways be inittiated and perrformed by PFF. 
   
 IN CASEE OF FAILURE AFTER V1 
EOSID/EECC, including acceleration altitude and minimum secctor altitude, rreview standaard 
proceduure sec 6     
 No action below 4 400´ except Geear Up and “FFeather the Prropeller” if req quired.   
 Reacching VCLIMB memory item ms (if required)   
 Abovve 1000´AGL b bleeds on, cheeck MCP, hdg,, altsel, set IASS Vclimb, AP
 QRH 

   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.28
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3.5 ORIGIN
NATING BEFORE
B START
S C
CHECKLIST (AOM
M 2.17.5)
Once the cockpit preparation is complete and the crew
c SAFETTY BRIEFIN
NG and TAK
KE OFF
BREAF FING has been
b performmed, the crrew may inittiate the OR G BEFORE START
RIGINATING
checklist.

NOTE: The answe er "Completed” the Cocckpit Prepara n the " Origiinating Before Start
ation item in
Checkklist " means that pilots are
a already th ed full, the " headset" po
he seat belt in its adjuste ositioned
and ready to make equested by the captain.
e the "Before Start Checkklist " when re

3.5.1 FINAL TA
AKEOFF DA
ATA
Alwayss request the final take off data beffore starting engines. Th his ensures that both pilots are
ed on the airplane operattion during ta
focuse axi. This datta is given by the dispatcch personne
el, or via
compaany frequenccy. The final data
d includes
s the followin
ng:

 ZFW, TOW
W, Landing Weight,
W and CG
C values

Once tthese valuess are obtained, the pilots should revie


ew the followiing information:
 Takeoff Fla ap setting
 V1, VR, V2 2, VFRI, VCL LIMB
 Enroute cliimb ceiling, and
a drift-dow wn altitude an
nd speed
 Power setttings (if they were not revviewed during the PF’s ta akeoff briefing)
 
3.5.2 TOWING (PUSHBAC
CK)
This procedure
p must be done e in coordina
ation with ATTC and grou und crew. Release
R and set the
Emerggency Brake when the ground crew indicates to do so beforre and after the towing process.
p
Alwayss read the BEFORE
B TO
OWING Che ecklist before
e initiating th
he towing prrocess to ve
erify the
properr procedure. Read the AF
FTER TOWIN NG Checklistt once the toowing has concluded.

COMMUN
NICATION PROCED
DUREFORP
PUSHBAC
CK
COCKPIT: GROUN
ND:
Groundd from cockp
pit Go ahead
a
(Only if parking brake is se
et: May rellease
Brakess?)
Rele
ease brakes
Brakess released, stteering off Ready for pussh back

NOTE: NOSEWHEE EL STEERIN


NG This MU UST be
selected
d OFF prior to
t pushback to avoid strructural
damage e.
Pushhing back
When pushb
back is comppleted:
Set parking brakke
Parking
g brake set
Removve towing sysstem and givve hand signa
al

Towwing system removed, Wait


W for hand
d signal on
left hand
h (right hand)side

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.29
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
Note
e:

a
a) The hand signal sho ould be giveen from left hand side, however it might becom me
necessarry to give the
e hand signa al from right hand side orr from front. This has to be
coordinatted with the PIC in due time.

b
b) The PIC will confirm to Ground th
he receipt th
he hand signal by suitablle means.
ws Ground to
This allow o leave the airplane.
a

cc) When en ngine start clearance is given


g the nosse wheel bay area mustt be clear.
DO NOT T ALLOW ANYONEA TOO APPROAC CH THE WHEEL BAY DURING
ENGINE START.
During the en
ngine start, hydraulicc pressure will close the doors
d not close, inform ground personn
automaticcally. If the doors still do nel again.
Only oncce the doors have fully cloosed may the e tow bar be disconnecte
ed.

 
3.6 ENGINE
E START
T

3.6.1 BEFORE START


When ready for sta art and clearred by ATC, the CAPT/LH HS performss Before Starrt Items and calls for
the "BEFORE STA ART CHECK KLIST". The crew
c will maintain interph hone and vissual contact with the
ground d crew at all times
t during the engine start.
s
Only hand
h signalin
ng for engine start can ex xceptionally be
b allowed iff there are noo means to maintain
m
interphhone contactt.
The CA APT/LHS wiill perform th he engine sta art while being monitored by the F.O O. /RHS. Eithher pilot
will calll out any abnnormal indicaations.
The no ormal start sequence
s is to
t start ENG G 2 first follow
wed by ENG G 1. This tech
hnique allow
ws for an
easier evacuation if required during
d the firs
st engine staart. If circum
mstances require a differe
ent start
sequen nce, this shoould be coord dinated with the
t ground ccrew and brie efed prior to the
t start.
In the
e event of an a engine firre during sta art, both eng gines should d be shut do own immediiately in
accord dance with th he appropria ate memory items. ATC,, ground and d cabin creww must be innformed
and evvacuation con nsidered.

COCKPIT GROUND
Grouund from cocckpit. Go-A
Ahead.
Rea
ady for eng gine start.
Parkking brake se
et. All Engines Clearr
Eng.2start
Eng.1start
Before un-feathering
u g propellers

Applyy communica
ation procedu
ure after eng
gine start

NOTE: SILENT FLIGHT DECK


D PRO
OCEDURES REQUIRE ONLY THA
AT NON-NO
ORMAL
SITUA
ATIONS BE ANNOUNCE
A ED DURING THE START
T PROCEDU
URE.

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.30
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3.6.2 ENGINE START
S CR
REW COOR
RDINATION (AOM 2.17
7.5.3)

RTING WITH
STAR H EXTERNA
AL POWER
R

It is pre
eferable to start
s with GPU
U connected d where posssible. This ca an be done by starting the
e
#2 and d then #1 eng gine on gate, use of the MAIN
M BUS TIE;
T the runn
ning engine generator
g can
be use ed to provide power for thhe second en ngine start bu
ut is not reco
ommended.

STAR
RTINGWITH
H APU
This iss the normal engine start procedure when
w pushbaack is expecte
ed.
If usingg the APU fo
or electrical power
p on start up, ensure
e APU GEN is i selected ON
O and BL A
AIR
selecteed OFF (APU U Bleed musst NOT be op perating durinng engine sta
art).

BATT
TERY STAR
RT
Startin
ng on batterie
es is not an approved
a sta
andard proce
edure, but ma
ay be perform
med in
excepttional circum
mstances whe ere neither APU
A or GPU are available
e. There musst be at leastt
24V bu us voltage fo
or battery start.

3.6.3 PROCEDURES FOR


R START-U
UP AND PUSHBACK OF
O AIRCRA
AFT

 NOTE: THIS PROCEDUURE IS AUT THORIZED IN IN LIM


MA ONLY IN SOME GATES
,B ARTING THIIS PROCEDURE, THE CREW
BEFORE STA C SHOU
ULD VERIFY
Y WITH CCO
O

 G
Ground crew must ensure e that the areea behind ann aircraft is clear
c of vehiccles, equipm
ment and
otther obstructtions before the
t start-up or o pushback of aircraft coommences.
 Engine start up
u at the stand will not be allowwed in condiitions of visiibility less th
han 500
m
meters.
 O
Only short disstances may be pushed or o towed
 All three green n GEAR DOW WN AND LO OCKED advissory lights must be on
 Surface on wh hich push ba ack is performmed shall be smooth and without pum mps or water drains
 M
Max speed 8 km/h
 No personnel must be closse or beneatth the airplan ne
 W
When the pilo ot is ready fo or start-up, he/she
h shall seek confirm mation from the
t ground crew
c for
haazard free zone
z prior to starting airc es ground crrew must follow the
craft enginess. At all time
saafety instructtions
 If APU is available must be e ON
 Thhe FO/RHS shall obtain n the push back cleara ance. “REQU UEST CLEA ARANCE TO O PUSH
BAACK AND START UP”

On recceipt of the clearance,


c th
he Pilot shall read back the
t pushback clearance given by AT TC, then
co-ordinate with thhe ground crrew for the pushback
p annd start-up ofo the aircrafft. The groun
nd crew
must eensure that the area behind and arou und the aircrraft is clear of
o vehicles, equipment
e an
nd other
obstrucctions before
e commencin ng pushbackk
 Th he CAPT /L LHS shall report READY Y FOR PUSH BACK to ground perrsonnel and release
arking brake.
pa
 PERFORM ST TART APPR ROVE CHECK LIST
 PROCEED ST TART UP

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.31
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
CAUTION:

Nose whee el steering must


m be OFF F while the tow
t bar is co
onnected/dissconnected to
t avoid
injury to ground
g perso
onnel. Only in case of emergency the pilot ma ay use the airplane
a
brakes withhout prior co
oordination with
w the groun nd staff.

Propellers must not be e un-feathere


ed before pu
ush back is completed
c and
a the ALL CLEAR
eceived from the ground crew.
signal is re c

After the propellers


p ha
ave been un--feathered and stabilized
d the AFTER
R START ite
ems and
check- list shall be com
mpleted.

Push backk without eng


gines running if APU is unavailable preferable only
o essentia
al power
(BATTERY Y MASTER ON O only) shaall be used to
o save Batterry power.

Caution:
Onnly in case of emergen ncy the pilo ot may use the park brake
b without prior
cooordination with the groun
nd staff
Airrplane doorss shall be closed
c g the push back maneuver for passsenger
during
saffety and to avoid
a damage e to doors.

3.6.4 COMMUN
NICATION PROCEDU
P RE AFTER
RENGINE START

COCKPIT
T GROUND
D

Grouund from cocckpit Go-Ahead.


‘’CLEAR to dis sconnect gro ound equipm ment, ‘’Exte
ernal Electriic disconnected, Wait
and communica ations removve chocks” and for ha
and signal”
give
e hand signall on the left/rright side”

Note
e:
- The PIC will
w confirm tot Ground the receipt to thet hand sig gnal by suitab ble means.
This allow
ws Ground too leave the airplane.
- Before PICC set CL to MAX
M both pilo
ots will checkk their respecctive side forr clearance.

   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.32
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3.7 AFTER START ( AOM 2.1
17.5.4)

3.8 TAXI

3.8.1 BEFORE TAXI PRO


OCEDURES
S
 Thhe captain should call to remove gro
ound equipment and com mmunicationss( signs by le
eft-right )
 Thhe captain set
s taxi lightss ON in coo
ordination witth the F/O/R
RHS, once thhe taxi clearrance is
ta
aken.

 
 
3.8.2 TAXI PRO
OCEDURES
S (AOM 2.1
17.5.6)
Once tthe airplane is clear of congested are eas, the PIC C will call for the “TAXI CHECKLIST C ” (Read
and Do o). Taxi chec cks should be b completed d early enoug gh so as to allow a both pilots to monitor their
surroundings while e taxiing to th he active runw way.
The co onfiguration items on the e Taxi Chec cklist will be Challenge and a Respons se, i.e. Flapss, Trims
and Co ondition Leve ers.
 Taaxying shoulld always be performed with w TAXI ligh ht selected ON. O
 Any reverse power p back iss STRICTLY Y prohibited.
 W
Wing inspectio on lights sho ould also be used u at nightt or in conditions of poor visibility.
 Taaxi speed sh hould not excceed 30 kts straight line and 15 kts in turns. Tigh ht turns (90 degrees d
orr more) shou uld be perform med at MAX 10 kts.
 Trry not to 'ride e' the brakess against pow wer, as this in ncreases wear and brake e temperature es.
 As a rule, the EGPWS be used in the following f setttings:
- PF ........................................................................................................................................................ WX
- PM ............................................................................................... TE ERR (or at the request of o the PIC)

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.33
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
In VMC C, at the request of the Captain,
C and in order to in
ncrease situa
ational awareeness may use
u both
Pilots: TERR .ON
 O
Once the airp plane is cleaar of congested areas, th he PIC will call for the “TAXI
“ CHECCKLIST”
(R
Read and Do o).
 Taaxi checks should
s be completed ea arly enough so as to allow both pilots to monittor their
suurroundings while
w taxiing to the active
e runway.

 O
OPERATION FROM UNP PAVED / GRA AVEL RUNW WAYS (SUPP PLEMENT 26) 2
 At the optio
on of the airccraft may be e operated on n unpaved / gravel airfields (EJ: MAL
LVINAS)
in accordance with the limitations and a procedurres contained d in Supplemments 26.
 Ground run nning and taaxiing:
 POWER Levers.........
L ......................................N
Not forward of mid-wayy between FLIGHT
IDLE and DISC
D when the
t aircraft iss stationary

 Byy TAXI CHE


ECK LIST, THE COCK
KPIT CREW, SHOULD WAIT FOR “CABIN SECURE
R
REPORT”

NOTE: TAKE-OFFF CLEARAN


NCE WILL NOT
N BE ACC
CEPTED UN
NTIL A “CAB
BIN SECURE
E” HAS
BEEN RECEIVE.
 
 
3.9 TAKEOFF
3.9.1 LINE UP(( AOM 2.17.5.7)

Once the airplane


e has been cleared ontto the active
e runway, th
he PIC callss for the “L
LINE-UP
CHECK” (Read an nd Do).

Wheneever taxiing into the actiive runway, the Captain must selec
ct the FLIGH
HT/TAXI SWIITCH to
FLIGH
HT, the LAND DING lights O
ON, and the ANTI-COLLI
A SION in WHITE.

The F/O
F SET TRANSPON
T NDER ON, AND CAL LL PA “TR
RIPULACION
N PROXIMO
OS AL
DESPE
EGUE”/”CABIN CREW PREPARE
P F
FOR TAKEO
OFF”

The aircraft shouldd be taxied onto


o the runw
way center line while the
e remaining ittems of the Line-Up
Checkklist are being
g completed..
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.34
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 

Up checks sh
Line-U hould be don ne as early as
a possible, after being cleared to line up on the
e active
runwayy, to allow flight
f attenda
ants to be seated
s and bboth pilots to
o monitor ruunway surroundings
before and while entering the active
a runwayy.

When aligned, the PF will move e his or her hand


h to the control
c wheel.
ecessary for aligned
If is ne a FD with
w RW push h bottom hea ading in the FGC,
F 2 timess.
 
3.9.2 NORMAL
L TAKEOFF
F TECHNIQ
QUE ( AOM 2.4.5.3-4 AOM
A 2.17.5
5.8)

 C
CAUTION: If auto featherr ARM advissory does no ot appear on
n ED, take-off must be rrejected,
usse rudder pe
edals to main
ntain center liine of runway.

 Att VR rotate to p to achieve lift-off.


o 8° nose-up
C
CAUTION: No ose-up pitch attitudes grreater than 8°
8 prior to liftt-off may cau
use the tail to
t touch
th
he runway.

At V1 / VR the PM calls “V1, ROTATE”,


R at which time tthe PF removves his/her hand
h from the
e power
levers,, places it on
n the control column
c and rotates smoo othly to the required
r nose
e up angle.

 Affter lift-off, co
ontinue rotattion to a minimum pitch attitude
a of 10° to achieve V2 + 10 kt ata 35 ft.
NOTE: For sin ngle engine climb, adjust pitch to maaintain V2, which
w may difffer slightly from
f the
flight director pitch comma and.

 W
When a positive rate of climb
c is indic
cated on the altimeter, raadio altimeteer and IVSI, the PM
ca
alls “POSITIV VE RATE”. TheT PF veriffies this con ndition, calls “GEAR UP”” and the PM M raises
th
he gear hand dle and obserrves the normmal sequenccing of the lan nding gear advisory
a paneel lights,
annd calls “UPP AND LOCKED”. With the aircraft airborne, th he wheel bra aking system
m is de-
here is no requirement to
acctivated so th o apply brake
es before or after
a retractio
on.

 Att 400ft the PM


P give the CALL OUT “400
“ ft” and
d the PF CALL OUT “SE
ELECT LNA
AV” then
th
he PM SET LNAV
L in the F
FGC. “LNAV
V SET”

Note: Obstaclle clearance or departure e proceduress may requirre an immed diate turn aftter take-
offf. Initiate the
e turn at the appropriate altitude (not below 400 feet AGL). After
A compleeting the
tu
urn, and at orr above acce eleration heig
ght, accelera
ate and retracct flaps while
e climbing.

 Att acceleratio
on altitude (m
minimum 400 0 ft AGL or appropriate obstacle cle
earance heig
ght), the
PM verifies thhe airspeed is at least VFRI
V and calls “ACCELE ERATION ALTITUDE”, “VFRI”.
Th
he PF ensu ures the airccraft is acce
elerating thro
ough flap re
etraction spe
eed for the take
t off
co
onfiguration and calls “F FLAPS ZER RO, AUTOFE EATHER OF FF, CLIMB POWER,
P B
BLEEDS
O
ON,

 Thhe PM seleccts Flaps Zerro, AUTO FE EATHER OF FF, CLIMB POWER


P at 90
00 RPM and d bleeds
O
ON/NORMAL or MAX, Cllimbing at 90 00 Np gives slightly bettter climb perrformance th
han with
C
Condition Lev
vers set at MIN.
M After se
etting climb power
p the PMM calls “POWER SET”, the PF
re
equests “IAS
S 160,185,210”, PM “IAS S____SET”
Note: For special airports, apply the Noise Abatemment System

Note: In the event of in-flight faillure that oc ccurs at orr above V1 and prior to flap
etraction the
re e crew mustt proceed off the Flight Path
P Segme ents (AFM 5.6.2)
 Att pilot’s discrretion when established on the climb
b and clear of o busy airspaace, the PF calls for
th
he “AFTER R TAKEOFF F CHECKL LIST”. The PM exec cutes the AFTER
A TA
AKEOFF
PROCEDURE E, and then the
t checklistt is used to verify
v all actions have beeen completted. The
PM should advise “AFTER R TAKEOFF CHECKLIST T COMPLET TE” when all items are verified.
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.35
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 

 W
When reading g the checklist, the PM will
w prompt thhe PF for thee following checklist item
ms (as in
C
Challenge and d Response)):
 Ice Proteccción
 Passengerr Signs
 On
nce clear of busy
b termina
al airspace, th
he PF should
d turn the La
anding Lightss OFF.

3.9.3 CROSSW
WIND TAKE
EOFF TECH
HNIQUE

1 Line-Up Check
3.9.3.1 C
When lining up forr a crosswind
d take-off, ke
eep the conttrols locked until the airp
plane is align
ned with
the run
nway.

3.9.3.2
2 Take-off Procedure
P
Duringg the take-offf run, directio
onal control can
c be mainttained with ru udder pedal steering.
s
At VR, the airplane should be lifted off cle eanly but sm moothly to prrevent scuffing the tires as they
leave the
t ground.
Observve the appliccable rotation n pitch attitud
de limitationss.
When safely airborne, keep the wings leve el and maintain runway heading
h or follow
f the appplicable
SID for the remaind der of the climb.
Crew ccallouts and coordination n are the samme as for a no ormal take-o
off.

3.9.3.3
3 Downwind d Take off
The mmaximum tailw wind component approvved for a dow wnwind takeoff is 10 Knots. Up to th his limit,
downw wind takeoffs
s may be use ed to expedite traffic flow; keep in minnd that the higher ground dspeeds
involve
ed can cause e increased wear
w and teaar on the airccraft and will require a grreater balancced field
length.. Have in min
nd that the ta
akeoff rotatio
on rate is lesss rapid than normal.
Crew CCoordinationn and Calloutts are the sam me as for a normal
n takeo
off.

3.9.4 REJECTE
ED TAKEOFF

Accord
ding to the Recommende
R ed AFM, AOM
M.
• Any Abnorma al parameter CAUTION OR
O WARNIN NG LIGHT, THAT
T THE FIRST
F DETECT give
th
he Call out "ABORT,
" th
he PF “ABOR
RT” and the
e FO/RHS when
w convennient notify T
TOWER
ab
borts take-offf CALL SIGN
N WITH COMMPANY OR FLIGHT NUM MBER. For example:
e

PF / PM:
 CAPT/LHSS, ASSUME IMMEDIATE ELY THE CO ONTROL OF AIRCRAFT "ABORT"
"
 RETARD BOTH
B POWEER LEVERS S TO DISC O OR REVERSE E IF REQUIR
RED
 AND SIMU
ULTANEOUS SLY APPLY FULL ANTIS SKID BRAKIN
NG
 F.O/RHS”. LIMA N404A
AV ... Aborting Takeoff"

NOTE: After defining the failurre and the coomplete stop


p plane, it will notify the tower
t intentio
ons and
proced
dure accordin
ng to the failuure, keep in mind:

 Requiremeent for emerg


gency equipm
ment
 Number off persons on board
 Amount off fuel
 ous goods on
If Dangero n board.

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.36
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3.9.5 NORMAL
L TAKEOFF
F PROCEDURES( AOM TABLE 2.4-1)
2

AFTER
A T/O FLOW
F
PIC F
FO
AFTER THE
E LANDING GEAR
G UP
ICE PROTECTION
P N………………………………..… …AS REQ
ENG TEMPS & PR
RESS…………
………………… …CHECK STBY HYD PRESS & PTU CTRL...……
….NORM
METERS………………..……
ALTIM …AT TRANSIT
TION ALT TANK AUX FUEL PUMPSS ……………..…OFF

0,000 FT
AT 10

LIGHTS…………… …………….……………………… ……..OFF


TEN SEAT BE
FAST ELTS……….…
……………..............OFF
AFTER TAK
KEOFF CHEC
CKLIST.

3.10 CLIMB ( AOM 2..5.1)

3.10.1
1 COMPAN
NY CALL

When time allows during the initial climb the t PM will call
c the CCO O using the aircraft’s
a registration
numbeer, and inform
m the followinng:
1. TAXI OUT T time
2. TAKEOFF time
3. Estimated time of arrival
4. Passengerrs on board plus any ad dditional perrsons such as
a observerss, instructorss, check
airmen, or technicians
5. Special req quirements upon
u arrival (wheelchairs
( s, medical eq
quipment, etc
c.)
6. Request th he arrival gatte if unknown n

3.11 CRUISE
E ( AOM 2.5.2
2 AOM 2.17.5
5.9)

1 CRUISE BRIEFING
3.11.1 G

  REVIEW:
ENGINE FAILUREE   DRIFT DOOWN :TIME & DISTANCE 
 M.C.P  
 ROUTE CONDITION 
DESPRESURIZAC
CION   MEA,MSA A,MORA,MOCCA 
 ESCAPE RROUTE 
   FMS/CDU U SELECTION  
MON
NITORING NA
AVIGATION PEERFORMANCEE*   NAV SOU URCE  
   POSITIONN 
ALTTERNATE AIRPORTS   NEARESTT AND SUITABLE AIRPORT 
 WX COND DITIONS, NOTTAMS, ATIS INF 

NOTE:
 BREAFINGG MUST PERRFORM 50 MN
M BEFOREE TOD.
 FLIGHTS FOR LESS S THAN 35
5 MINUTES MUST PE
ERFORM WHEN FINISH AND
COMPLET
TE THE “CRU
UISE CHECK LIST”

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.37
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3.12 DESCEN
NT ( AOM
M 2.5.3 AOM
A 2.17
7.5.10)
It is reccommended to set the TC
CAS vertical range to BL
LW during de
escent.

PF  PM
"DESCENT C
CHECKLIST"  Comple
etes “DESCEN
NT CHECKLISTT” (Read 
and Do
o) 
 
“DEESCENT CHECK KLIST COMPLEETE” 
At transition
n level  “<Curreent Altimeterr Setting> 
“TRANSITIO ON, <Current A
Altimeter Settting>”  “SET AND CROSSCHECKED” 

3.12.1
1 DESCENT
T PLANNIN
NG
Prior too commencing the descent it is reco ommended that landing information
i b obtained through
be
ATC (A ATIS if availaable), and thee Approach Briefing com mpleted.
The De escent Checcklist is normally called fo or when initiaating the desccent for landing.
Select the SEAT BELT B sign ON N through 10 0,000 feet. This
T will advisse the cabin crew the airrplane is
descen nding for lannding. Once the cabin iss secure, the e senior cab bin crew mem mber will call to the
flight d
deck and advvise “CABIN SECURE”.
Prior tto leaving crruise altitude e, both the optimal desscent point and a the type e of descent profile
requireed must be determined.
d Request AT TC clearance e for descentt with sufficieent time in advance,
and exxecute the de escent checkklist when in nitiating the descent,
d or prior
p o use available time
to this to
efficienntly.
The go oal is to arriv
ve to the term
minal area or the circuit att the appropriate altitude and speed. Factors
to con nsider are kn nown ATC procedures
p (i.e. STARs),, ATIS inform mation, wind d, weather in ncluding
possib ble icing and turbulence, and fuel status, to name e a few. Idea ally, a descen nt at high ratte using
the applicable pow wer schedule is optimum, but deviations from this are normal and a sound ju udgment
must beb applied in each planne ed descent. Executing
E S--Turns to losee excess altitude are pro ohibited.
The op ptimal desce ent point sho ould be chosen so as to avoid desce ent too early with accompanying
high fuuel burn and reduced TAS S, or too late
e with excesss airspeed an nd altitude to
o lose at destination.
The FMS can pro ovide a vertical guidance e reference that can be e used to plan and upd date the
descen nt rate, either coupled to the AFCS or only as a re eference.
Descent planning can c be made e by using the e FMS VNAV V page.
All desscents should be planned d to be continuous or ne early continuous, with po ower as close e to idle
as posssible.
Set the e VNAV page e using altitu
ude restrictions published d on the STA AR or on the route.
The VT TO page will show the de escent rate frrom present position to eache VNAV waypoint.
w
Approa ach radio aids should be b tuned, ST TAR routing set in the FMS, F TOD point
p calculatted and
approa ach charts re eviewed and briefed before descent iff possible.
• Set MMDA
• Set aarrival QNH ono standby in nstruments
• Revie ew safety and transition altitudes
a for arrival
a
• Checck fuel and crrosscheck withw FP for altternate requirements
• Crossscheck landing weight on n FP with preediction on FMS
F FUEL pa age
• Use p performance e charts TOLD CHART to o calculate VREF (solid trriangle) & VG GA (hollow trriangle)
• Set aaerodrome ellevation on pressurization
p n panel
• Set raadio aids and d applicable inbound cou urse for each h
• Revie ew missed approach proccedure and taxi t procedure for arrival
• Revie ew go-around acceleratio on altitude (1000ft AAL dual engine)

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.38
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3.12.2
2 SET UP FO
OR DESCEN
NT AND APP
PROACH
SET UP APPRO
OACH
NAV
V SE
ELECT V/NAV
V ,APPROACH,STAR,PA A,NP.RNAV(RNP)
FMS
PERF LW
W,DIVERTION FUEL/ALT
TERNATE FU UEL/HOLDINNG TIME
 READ AND
D GIVE BRE
EAFING STA AR AND APP
PROACH CHARTS,
 REVIEW MISSED
M APRROACH PRO OCEDURE CHART
C
 REVIEW AIRCRAFT
A C
CONFIGURA ATION FOR M
MISSED APPPROACHPR ROCEDURE
EFIS CONTRO OL PANEL
M.F..D:FINAL COOURSE, HEA ADING, IN
E.C.P
P
BOUND
B
(FORMAT T P/B)
IND
DEX CONTRO OL PANEL
SET UP P.F
F.D: MDA
I.C.P
P
P.F.D: V REF/VGA
A
IND
DEX CONTRO OL PANEL
(EA
ACH PILOT SAME
S TIME CROSS-
I.C.P
P
CHECK)

3.12.3
3 APPROAC
CH BRIEFING
A
APPROAC
CH BRIEFIN
NG
AIRCRAFT TECHNICAL STATUS
NG PF
BRIEFIN NATIONAL / ALTERNATE
WX DESTIN E / ATIS / NOOTAMS REVIIEW /
STAR
APPROACHH PROCEDURRE, MISSED APPROAC
A / DESCENT
D

 Exttra Fuel
EL
FUE  Minnimum Diversion

 TO
OD
DESCENT  MOORA, STAR, MSAM
 Altiitude, Speed C
Constraints

 FM
MS Holding Pre eparation
HOLD DING  Enttry Holding Pa
attern
(if expe
ected)  Ma
ax Speed

 Flig
ght Plan Revieew Approach Type
T
 Altiitude and Fina
al Descent Point
 Ide
entification
OACH
APPRO  Glidde Path
 Minnimums
 Misssed Approach Procedure
 Alteernate Considderation
 Maanagement of Degraded Navvigation

 Runway data Length,


L surfacce (asphalt/gravel) Supple
ement
LAND
DING Consideration.
 Bra
aking Action
 Taiil Strike Aware
eness
 Use of Reverserr
 Exp
pected Taxi Routes
R

RADIOS
S AIDS  AR
RCDU

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.39
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
3.12.4
4 DESCENT
T PROFILE
ES
The opptimum desccent profile iss using low power
p and a high descen
nt rate. When conditions dictate,
varying
g speeds maay be used. DoD not desce end at rates above
a 3000 fpm. PROFILLE accordingg A.O.M
VOL 2 /5.7.1
 
3.1
13 APPR
ROACH ( AOM 2.1
17.5.11)
APPROACH
A FLOW
CAPTAIN
N / PM FIRST OFFICER / PM
P
ALTIMET
TERS…………
…………..…..A
AT TRANS ALT
T PA CA
ABIN CALL :

ULACION
“TRIPU A
ASEGURAR CABINA P
PARA EL
10.000 FT
T ATERRRIZAJE”
ICE PROTECTION………………………
…………AS RE
EQ
LIGHTS………………..…….………………………….ONN
FASTEN SEAT BELTS
S………………
…………….ON TANK AUX
A FUEL PU
UMPS ………………….ON
…………..ON (8NM)
STBY HYD PRESS & PTU CTRL…
CALL FO
OR APPROAC
CH CHECK LIST

PF  P
PM 
“AP
PROACH CHEC
CKLIST”  Co
ompletes  “AP
PROACH  CHEC
CKLIST”  (Read  and 
Do
o) 
“APROAC CH CHECKLIST
T COMPLETE” 

Avoid excess airsp peed in highh traffic term


minals (nominnal 200KIAS S) and ensurre all ATC calls
c are
made prior to enttering Contro ol Zones. Be aware of MORA, MO OCA, MEA, and Minimu um Safe
es, especiallly when operrating in unfa
Altitude amiliar airspa
ace.
For strraight in land
ding RWY approaches,
a the pilot can
n activate th
he ILS freque
ency at 18 miles
m or
more from
f the ILSS distance, and set the Approach Mode M on thee FGC when clearance for the
approa ach has been n received.

3.13.1
1 STABILIZ
ZED APPRO
OACH
A stabbilized approoach occurs when the aircraft
a is alig
gned with th he final apprroach course e in the
adequa ate altitude speed
s and po ower require
ed. It is essen ntial that pilots achieve a stabilized ap
pproach
with en
nough anticip pation to be able to detecct variations in normal pa arameters suuch as drastic speed
changees (wind she ear), or otherr unacceptabble variations to take time ely corrective
e actions.

To incrrease safety on the approoach phase of flight, havve in mind the


e following advices:
 Th he establishhment and adherence
a t Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and Crew
to
R
Resource Man nagement (CCRM) programs increase safety during approach and landing.
 Im
mproving communication n skills and mutual
m underrstanding bettween flight crews
c and Aiir Traffic
C
Controllers abbout each member’s
m opeerational envvironment inccreases safeety during appproach
annd landing.
 Fa ailure to recognize the need
n to execcute a go-aroound when appropriate is a major cause
c of
Approach and d Landing Acccidents (ALAA)

The aircraft must be


b in a stabilized approacch at:

1000 ft AGL in IM
MC and
500
0 ft AGL in VMC
V
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.40
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
Wheneever the airccraft is not stabilized belo ow these heights, the saffest decisionn is to perforrm a go-
around
d.
An app
proach is con nsidered stabbilized when:
 Th he aircraft is on the corre
ect flight pathh
 OOnly small cha anges in heaading and/or pitch are req quired to maintain the correct flight pa
ath
 Th he aircraft’s speed is nott more than VREF
V + 10 and
a not less than
t VREF
 Th he aircraft is on the corre
ect landing co onfiguration
 Sink rate is no ot greater th
han 1000 fpm m. If an apprroach require
es a sink ratee greater tha an 1000
pm a special briefing shou
fp uld be condu ucted
 Power setting is the appro opriate for thee aircraft con
nfiguration
 All briefings and checklistss have been completed
 OOn ILS appro oaches the aircraft
a is flow
wn within ma aximum one dot deviatio on of the glid de-slope
an
nd localizer
 No GPWS fun nctions have activated un nder IMC
Wheneever a deviation from the above parameters is required,, a special briefing sho ould be
conduccted.

3.13.2
2 MISSED APPROAC
A H / GO-AROUND AO
OM TABLE 2.10-4
2
When any of the following co onditions are
e found during the apprroach, a misssed approach or a
d landing musst be perform
balked med:
1. he runway environment iis not in sight at the DA, o
Th or MAP
2. Th
he runway environment iis lost during
g a Circling A
Approach
3. Th
he approachh is Unstable
4. W
Wind shear
5. R
Required NAVV for the approach fails after crossing
g the FAF/FA
AP
6. Any condition that compro
omises a safe e landing
Whene ever a Go-A Around is exxecuted, a second
s approach will be
b commencced only if the t PIC
believe
es it will lead
d to a successsful landing.
If a Go
o-Around is initiated, the e PNF should d advice ATCC once established in th
he climb path
h. When
time aallows, the PIC
P will make a PA an nnouncemen nt to the passengers, oro request thhe flight
attendaant N° 1, to do
d it on his/h
her behalf.

3.14 NORMA
AL LANDIING
• The  landingg  configuration  (gear  down  and  laanding  flaps)  must  be  established  by  the 
apppropriate stabilization altitude. Once the stabilizzation point  is passed, p power off con nditions 
should be avoiided until thee flare. The p preferred lan nding flap is Flap 15°. 
• FFly  the  aircraaft on a  stab
ble  glide  patth  towards tthe touch do own  point.  Speed 
S must  be kept 
within VREF + 10 kts and  n not below VR REF). 
• AAvoid  excesssive  rates  of  descent  during  final  approach. 
a Descent  ratess  in  excess  of 
o 1000 
ft//min  on  sho ort  final  musst  be  avoideed.  If  an  exccessive  rate  of  descent  develops,  a  missed 
appproach mustt be perform med immediaately. 
• C Crossing  thee  threshold  with  VREF  assures  the  AFM  performance  valu ues.  As  the  aircraft 
appproaches the touch dow wn point, red duce the ratee of descent and retard  the power leevers to 
idle on touchdown. 
NO OTE: Plan to o touch dow wn as close as possible to o the 300 m  point. A sligght increase  in pitch 
atttitude of 1 to o 2° at appro oximately 20 ft is all that is needed to o check the rrate of desceent. 

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.41
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
Thhis will produ uce a consisttent touchdo own point an nd protect aggainst a tail sstrike and exxcessive 
flo
oat. Prolonging the flare  unnecessariily increases  the landing distance an nd increases  the risk 
of  a tail strike;; a pitch attiitude greater than 6° on n touchdown n can lead to o a tail strikee. If the 
Pittch Attitude reaches 6° n nose‐up or if a non‐normal sink rate d develops on short final, tthe Pilot 
Flyying  (PF)  is  required 
r to  respond  witth  “Correctting” and  sh hall  correct  with  an  incrrease  in 
poower with no o further incrrease in pitch attitude. A
An increase in
n power pro ovides an imm mediate 
inccrease in lift to arrest thee descent. 
In  case of crew w cannot maake the plan ne have a po ositive contact with the  runway in th he third 
firsst  part  of  th
he  runway,  a 
a Go  Around d  is  MANDATTORY,  becau use  the  land
ding  analysis  cannot 
guuarantee safeely stopping inside the re emaining porrtion of the rrunway 

3.15 AFTER LANDING


G ( AOM 2.8)
 On roll-outt, the Left Se
eat (LS) pilot will call for control
c at app
proximately 60
6 kt.
 Once clearr of the runw way, the Right Seat (RS) pilotp complettes the after landing checcklist. 

3.16 PARKIN
NG
As the aircraft approaches
a t gate/parkking position
the n, the CAPT/LHS will sele
ect the TAXI light off
and w set MFD1- DOOR PAGE, MFD2 -ELECTR. PA
d F/O/RHS will AGE.
Oncce the airplane is stopped, the PIC will:
w
merg Brake.......................................................................................................................... Park
Em

SHUTDOWN FFLOW 
CAP/LHS  FO/RHSS 
EMERGENCY BR RAKE…………… ….SET         STANDB
BY & PTU NO ORMAL 
POWWER LEVERSS……...............DISC   
  CO
ONDITION LEEVER….STARTT & FEATHER R CLOCK……… …………..CHECK TIME* 
NOSE WHEEL STTEERING……..OFF        BLEEDS 1 & 2 …….. M
MIN OFF 
CONDITION LEV VER……………..FUEL OFF     SHUT DOW WN CHECK LIST 
HUT DOWN CHECK LIST” 
 “SH

3.17 LEAVIN
NG AIRPL
LANE
The
ese procedurres shall be accomplishe
a ed every time
e the airplane
e is left unatttended by qu
ualified
Perrsonnel or an
n estimated ground
g time of more than
n 2 hours cann be assume ed.
   
Reccirc Fan  OFFF  CAPT/LHS 
All Displays and
d FMS, RCDU  OFFF  BOTH 
Raddar  OFFF CAPT/LHS 
Antti‐Skid  OFFF  CAPT/LHS 
*APPU  OFFF  CAPT/LHS 
*Emmergency Ligghts  OFFF  CAPT/LHS 
* Sttby Aux Mainn and Batteries  OFFF CAPT/LHS 
*Baattery Master  OFFF  CAPT/LHS 
NOTTE 1: Items mmarked with * shall be tu
urn off if fligh
ht crews leavve aircraft un
nattended orr 
trannsfer to main
ntenance. 
NOTTE 2 : ALWAYYS LEAVE TH HE CABIN CLEEAN
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 3.42
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTER
R 3. NORMAL
L PROCEDU
URES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INT
TENTIONALLY
L
LEFT BLAN
NK
 

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.1
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 

CHA
APTEER 4
NO
O NORRMAAL EM
MERRGEN
NCY
P
PROCCEDUURES
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.2
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INT
TENTIONALLY
L
LEFT BLAN
NK
 

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.3
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
C
CHAPTER 4 NO NORM MAL EMER RGENCY PR ROCEDURE ES 
 
4.  GENERAL ................................................................................................................................. 4.5 
4.1   WORK METH HOD. .................................................................................................................... 4.6 
4.2   USE OF AUTOMATION ............................................................................................................ 4.6 
4.3   CORRECT PR ROCEDURES .......................................................................................................... 4.6 
4.4   CONTROL ID DENTIFICATIO ON .................................................................................................... 4.6 
4.5   DECISION M MAKING ................................................................................................................. 4.7 
4.6   COMMUNIC CATION AND RESOURCE ..................... . ................................................................. 4.7 
4.7   MULTIPLE FA AILURES ............................................................................................................... 4.7 
4.8   GROUND FA AILURES ................................................................................................................ 4.8 
4.8.1   ABNORMAL ENGINE GRO OUND STARTT ................................................................................... 4.8 
4.8.2   ABORTED TAAKEOFFEMER RGENCY EVA ACUATION .................................................................... 4.9 
4.8.3   EMERGENCYY EVACUATIO ON .................................................................................................... 4.9 
4.8.4   PRECAUTION NARY RAPID DISEMBARK KATION ....................................................................... 4.10 
4.8.5   TASKSHARINNG AND CREW WCOORDINA ATION DURIN NG REJECTED D TAKEOFF 
  ANDEMERGENCY EVACU UATION PROCEDURE ..................................................................... 4.10 
4.9   IN‐FLIGHT FA AILURES AOM MVOL 1 CHA AP 3 , 3.2.5 .................................................................. 4.10 
4.9.1   ENGINE FAILLURE DURING G TAKE‐OFF AFTER V1 Reecommendations .................................. 4.11 
4.9.2  TASKSHARIN NG AND CREW WCORDINATTION DURING G ENGINE FA AILURE / 
  FIRE DURINGG TAKE‐OFF A AFTER V1 ....................................................................................... 4.12 
4.9.3   STANDARD C CALLOUTS DURING ENGIINE FAIL FIREE SHUTDOWN MEMORY ITEM .............. 4.14 
4.9.4   LOOP DE FALLAS ................................................................................................................... 4.15 
4.10   ONE ENGINEE INOPERATIVE (OEI) APP PROACHES ................................................................. 4.16 
4.11   ENGINE FAILLURE ON APP PROACH or G GO‐AROUND D .............................................................. 4.16 
4.12   SINGLE ENGINE MISSED APPROACH PROCEDUREE 
  TASKSHARINNG CREWCOO ORDINATION N ................................................................................. 4.17 
4.13   ENGINE FAILL / FIRE / SHU UTDOWN (IN N FLIGHT) CR RUISE ....................................................... 4.18 
4.14   Depressurizaation Proced dures ............................................................................................... 4.18 
4.14.1 EMERGENCYY DESCENT P PROCEDURE .................................................................................... 4.19 
 
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.4
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INT
TENTIONALLY
L
LEFT BLAN
NK
 

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.5
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
4. GENERA AL
The no
on-normal an
nd emergenccy procedures are contain
ned in the Bo
ombardier AF
FM and AOM
M.
These procedures are adapted d to Companyy culture.
Checkklist assumptiions, layout and
a crew acttions are covvered in the QRH
Q Preface
e.
This se
ection:
 Expands on o the QRH anda AOM pro ocedure form
mat where ap
ppropriate.
 Gives the e Company work meth hod for acccomplishing a non-norm mal or eme
ergency
procedure..
 Amplifies some
s of the procedures.
p
 Lists all Meemory Items that must bee memorizedd
Each non-normal
n s
situation should be dealt with in the fo
ollowing sequ
uence:
1. Memoryy items, encloosed in a BO OX;
2. Checklis
st items speccific to the ma
alfunction;
3. Warning
gs, Cautions and Notes (llost services, etc.); and
4. Landing Precautionss.

 “LANDING G AT THE NEAREST SU UITABLE AIR RPORT”


Landing att the nearestt suitable airpport is defineed in the AFM
M as: “The aircraft
a may continue
c
to the desttination airpo
ort or the neaarest airport where maintenance servvices are available”.
The word “immediately” is added when the p problem is more
m severe and an imm mediate
landing is required. In I both case es there musst, of course e, be sufficient runway LDA
L and
suitable emmergency se ervices. How wever, whene ever the Cap ptain determ
mines that the
ere is a
significant threat to saafety, he shoould accomp plish the earrliest possible
e descent and
a land
immediately at the nearest suitable e airport regardless of whether or not the ere is a
statement to this effectt in the proce
edure.
 MAINTENA ANCE ACTION REQUIR RED PRIOR TO NEXT FL LIGHT
“Maintenannce Action” is i referring to
t procedure es which can
n be conductted by appro
opriately
trained and
d approved pilots
p as well as maintena
ance personnnel.
“Next Fligh
ht” is referring
g to the immediate or immminent Take-Off after disscovery
 MEMORY ITEMS (Enc closed in a BOX)
B
ns, contained
Vital Action d in boxes, are
a to be perfformed expeditiously and
d from memo ory.
The other actions
a of the
e procedure should be peerformed as soon as the condition pe
ermits.
 QUESTION NS
Some proccedures in the QRH req quire a differrent sequenc
ce of actionss dependingg on the
conditions observed. These
T proce
edures often include que estions to which
w the an
nswer is
either yes or no.
ugh the appropriate questions and answers
Following a route throu a until an end is reached
r
completes these procedures.

 LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTIION FACTORS


For many of
o the drills listed in the QRH,
Q a landin
ng distance correction
c fa
actor is requirred.
The figuress are supplieed in the QR a icing Conditions
RH Sectionss 2 and 3 forr non-icing and
respectivelly. The drill will contain a reference e to these pages
p with an
a associate ed ITEM
Number to facilitate find
ding the corrrect figure.

 STUDY
It is importtant to studyy the proced
dures from time to time: not just to ensure
e that the
t vital
actions aree learnt, but also to maintain a familiarity with all
a the proceddures. It is better
b to
find out th
hat one doess not undersstand a proccedure on th he ground raather than inn the air
when the procedure
p is being used in
i real abnorrmal or emerrgency situation.
   
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.6
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
4.1 WORK
W METHOD
FLY, NAVIGATE,
N COMMUNIC CATE
 DIVISION OF RESPON NSIBILITY
While dealling with a no on-normal orr emergency condition, th he aircraft muust still be flo
own and
navigated in three dim mensions. So o it is of pa aramount imp portance thaat it is clearr who is
flying the aircraft
a and who
w is dealing g with the no on-normal or emergency procedure.
When an emergency
e s
situation occuurs, PF’s top o control the aircraft. If un
p priority is to nable to
do so he must immed diately informm PM: for exxample, jammed controls. Normally,, he will
retain conttrol and PM at a the point of o failure willl deal with th he failure. Ho
owever, unde er some
circumstan nces it may be b prudent to o change con ntrol. Examplles are:
 Failures that result in th he loss of insstruments on n PF’s side.
 Occasions when PF ha as greater knowledge
k off the system
m that has faiiled and
so may be better suited d to dealing with
w the failure rather tha an flying the a aircraft.
 Depending g on the prob blem, it may be b appropria ate for the Caaptain to cha ange the
current role es depending on the com mplexity of th he failure and the handlin ng skills
required. In n some circu umstances th he Captain maym judge tha at it is betterr for him
to carry ou ut a complex procedure and a leave a benignb handling task to tthe First
Officer. In others, the Captain
C may elect to fly the aircraft be ecause the handling
h
task and attmospheric conditions
c create a dema anding task.
At the poinnt of failure, PM
P should:
 Cancel anyy attention ge etting.
 Announce the failure.
 Monitor the e flight path until
u it is clea
ar that PF ha as the aircraftt under contrrol.
 Whenever an emergency or non--normal situa ation occurss, the Capta ain must
decide who o is to fly the
e aircraft and who is to de eal with the emergency.
e
If the Capttain wishes to change ro oles and actt as PF or PM, P he mustt clearly
announce his decision and receive an acknowledgement frrom the First Officer;
otherwise, there will be e no change e of control. There mustt be no doub bt about
who is in control of the aircraft.
 Once the aircraft
a is in a safe condition and the vitalv actions are
a complete e:
o PF F should av viate, naviga ate and com mmunicate whilst PM actions
thee necessary y checklists s. Once the e nature off the proble em has
beeen establis shed, the P PF will call for the ap ppropriate memory
m
ite
ems if applic cable.
 The PM acctions the me emory items which are co onfirmed by the
t PF.
 When the memory item ms are complete, the PF will call for the t appropria ate non-
normal che ecklist.
 Every few minutes, bo oth crew members should provide a status brieff to one
another.

SE OF AUTO
4.2 US OMATION
As crew workload is increased during emerrgency and non-normal
n situations,
s the
e autopilot and FMS
should
d be used if available.
a

ORRECT PR
4.3 CO ROCEDURES S
Alwayss take care to
o ensure tha
at the correctt procedure iss selected.

4.4 COONTROL IDE ENTIFICATIO ON


In the case of an engine prob blem, PF should alwayss confirm tha at PM has iddentified the correct
enginee.
When actuating an ny lever, handle, guarde ed switch orr guarded kn
nob, confirm
mation of the correct
selection must be made
m betweeen the pilots. (“CONFIRMM”)
   
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.7
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
4.5 DE ECISION MA AKING
Most n non-normal situations
s are
e easily cope ed with. It iss only a mattter of decidinng who is to
o fly and
who is going to acttion the proce edure and th hen following g a simple pro ocedure fromm the QRH.
Howevver, the non--normal situa ation can bee more comp plicated or a simple prob blem can occcur at a
critical phase of flight. Do nott rush into using
u the che ecklist or co
ompleting checklist vital actions.
Remem mber that the e top priority is to ensure that the airccraft follows a safe flight path.
p
If extra
a time is requuired before landing, enter the hold and a complete e the non-noormal procedure. If a
failure occurs on thhe final appro oach, considder a go-arou und if a safe landing is noot assured.
The otther extreme e must also be considerred. If you have h to exte
end your fligght, monitor the fuel
conten nts closely. Do
D not spend d an inordinaate amount of o time dealin ng with a prooblem and ruun short
of fuel.
Consid der how the effects
e of thee failure and the prevailin ng atmosphe eric conditions are going to
t affect
the approach and landing.
l If ne
ecessary, divvert to the ne earest suitablle airfield.
Where e the course of action is not
n clear-cut, discuss the e possible coourses of action before making
m a
decisioon.

4.6 COOMMUNICAT TION AND RESOURCE


R
Comm munication is important, no ot just betwe etween the flight deck and
een the pilotss, but also be
ATC and between the flight decck and the ca abin.
Make use of all re esources ava ailable. Therre might be a passenge er who can helph you – perhaps
p
anothe er pilot qualiffied on type.
Any prroblem and any a assistancce required should
s be cleearly transmitted to ATC.
Remem mber that AT TC is there tot help you ini an emerge ency; so do not be reluc ctant to ask for their
assistaance. A MAY YDAY can alw ways be dow wngraded to a PAN once the incident is under con ntrol. Do
not fly a complicate ed arrival pro
ocedure unn necessarily under
u non-noormal or eme ergency cond ditions if
ATC can
c give you radar vectors. Similarly,, do not wasste effort flyin ng a precise e hold while carrying
c
out a nnon-normal or o emergencyy procedure.. Instead, askk for radar ve ectors while completing the t non-
normal or emergen ncy procedurre.
The CA ABIN CREW W should be informed of any a non-norm mal or emerg gency situatioon; to brief using the
next fo
ormat:
 Na ature of the emergency.
e
 Inttentions (e.g. crash landing or ditching).
 Tim me (expected d) remainingg airborne.
 Sp pecial consid or example, moving passengers to adjust trim, escape
derations: fo
rou utes, includin
ng which exitts may be afffected by firre, etc. In casses where th he cabin
cre ew have asssociated cabin procedure es, it is impe
erative that senior
s cabin crew is
infformed. How wever, the co ommunicatio on should no ot be one-wa ay. The cab bin crew
ma ay have valu uable information for thee flight deck crew. So, whenw briefingg senior
cabin crew about the prob blem ask forr a cabin rep port and do not deter th he cabin
cre ew from offe ering information; establissh if the plan
nned time remaining is sufficient
s
forr them to carrry out their duties.
d

4.7 MUULTIPLE FA AILURES


Exercisse common sense and caution
c when accomplishing checklistts for multiple
e failures.
If more
e than one CWP
C messagge appears at
a the time, p
perform the required cheecklists follow
wing the
messaage priority:
 Warnin ng (red).
 Cautio on/Advisory (a
amber).

   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.8
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
SUMM
MARY

WORK ME ETHOD SUMMARY


PF C
Controls the aircraft If un nable to contrrol the aircraaft:
 Clea arly announc ces this to PM M
 PM takes contro ol
PM A
Announces t failure an
the nd monitors the
t flight path h
CAPTAIN D
Decides who o is to contro ol the aircraftt If required, changes PF F with
t words:
the
• “I havve control” OR
O
• “You have control”
The First Officer must acknowle edge
PF C
Controls the aircraft, using the available automatics, and
m
maintains a safe
s flight paath
PF Calls foor the “MEMORY ITEMS S” FOR……
PM Completes MEMORY ITEMS
PF Calls foor the checkklist “QRH checklist for ...”
PM Selectss the correctt checklist an nd actions it
COM
MMUNICATIO
ON D
Discuss the problem Infform ATC an nd the cabin n crew – listeen to
t cabin cre
the ew, Inform CCO.
AS
SSISTANCE
E U
Use ATC to o reduce th he workload d Cabin cre ew and posssibly
P
Passengers.
CON
NSIDERATIO
ONS F
Fuel, weatheer, approach aids, runway y length, alte
ernate airfield
ds

4.8 GR
ROUND FAIL
LURES

4.8.1 A
ABNORMAL
L ENGINE GROUND STA
ART

Duringg ground starrts, the FADE EC :( AOM VOLV 4, 6.29.1


1)
Duringg ground starrts, to ensure e that the enngine start do
oes not causse over temperature, the FADEC
has acctive ITT limitting to reduce the fuel flo
ow if required
d (below the standard
s sta
art schedule)..
In addition, the FADEC will auttomatically abort the starrt, and shutdo own the engine if any on
ne of the
following conditions occur:

 If the engin
ne does not light within 16 seconds of
o fuel flow be
eing selected
d on,
 The ITT lim
mit of 920°C is exceeded;
 NH does not
n reach 50% % within 70 seconds
s (i.e. hung or slow
w start).

As the
e start circuit is terminated
d the SELEC o the center position
CT switch is automaticallyy released to
and the
e START caption of the start
s switch light goes ou
ut.

Howe
ever, it is the PF’s respon
nsibility to mo
onitor engine
e parameters s and to aborrt the start ma
anually
call “ABORTED
“A E
ENGINE STA
ART “(M.I. QRH
Q 5.4) in th
he following cases:
c

 A hung staart; that is, NH failing to accelerate


a to a stable idle
e speed – above
64.2%.and dNH rotation does not occcur.
 NH decrea ases.
 A hot start; that is ITT rapidly
r increaasing towardds or exceeding the start limit of 920°C
C.
 No ITT inddication withinn 10 secondss of fuel flow
w initiation.
 Oil pressurre stabilizing
g below 44 ps si.
 No positivee oil pressuree indication by
b the time NH
N rotation re eaches idle speed.
s

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.9
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
 An interm
mittent electtrical, pneum
matic or sstarter malfu
unction occ
curs before starter
disengagement.

NOTE: that FADEC C does not deselect


d the start
s switch when
w it canc
cels a start; th
his must be done
d by
the pilo
ot to preventt the starter motor limit being
b exceed ded. If an automatic or manual
m abort occurs,
its cau
use must be investigated
i before a furtther start atte
empt is made e.

4.8.2 A
ABORTED TAKEOFF
T EM
MERGENCY
Y EVACUATION

Ground d failures arre defined as


a any malfu unction that occurs on the
t ground prior to V1 or after
touchddown.
In the event of a grround failure, regardless of whether itt happens while at the ga
ate, taxiing o
or during
take-offf, the prima
ary objective of the creww is to stop the airplanee, assess the e problem, take
t the
approppriate action and evacuatte if required.

a Caution or Warning light


A take-off shall be aborted for any l prior to V1.
V
There are many reasons other than Caution g lights for discontinuing a take-off.
n or Warning

It is therefore, left to the discre


etion of the PIC
P as to wh al situations demand an aborted
hat additiona
take-offf. At V1 or above,
a the take-off will be
e continued regardless
r off the malfunc
ction.

If a reje
ected take-o
off becomes necessary
n th
he call “ABOR
RT”
 
If the P
PF is in the riight seat, the
e left seat pilo
ot will assum
me control:

 CAPT/LHSS, ASSUME IMMEDIATE ELY THE CO ONTROL OF AIRCRAFT "ABORT"


"
 RETARD BOTH
B POWEER LEVERS S TO DISC O OR REVERSE E IF REQUIR
RED
 AND SIMU
ULTANEOUS SLY APPLY FULL ANTIS SKID BRAKIN
NG
 F.O/RHS”. LIMA N404A
AV ... Aborting Takeoff"

The PM M (right seatt) will advise ATC of the abort


a and the
e crew will th
hen assess th
he situation.
If the reason for the abort is fire or smokke, the PF willw set the parking
p brake
e and comp plete the
memory items for shutdown
s annd evacuation
n.
The P PM will advisse ATC of the t problem, request em mergency equipment, state the num mber of
personns on board, if dangerouss goods on board
b and quuantity of fuell.

4.8.3 E
EMERGENC
CY EVACUAT
TION

An evaacuation must be performmed without delay if remmaining on board would put the passsengers’
health or lives in danger.
d Put simply, if th
he cabin envvironment is stable, there
e is no need
d for an
evacuaation.

Howevver, if the cabin enviro onment is unstable,


u orr likely to become
b so,, an evacua ation is
recommended.
If a fire
e is success
sfully extingu
uished in the
e air, there iss no need fo
or an automaatic evacuation after
landing g.

If a fire
e warning is given on the e ground, the e engine fire vital actionss should be carried
c out a
and both
fire bottles should be discharge ed into the burning enginne with a dela ay of up to 30
3 seconds between
b
discha arging the firsst and the se
econd bottle.

If the ffire is extingu


uished, there
e is no require
ement to carrry out the em
mergency ev
vacuation.
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.10
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
Howevver, if the fire
f warning caption rem mains prese
ented 15 se
econds afterr the last bottle
b is
discha
arged, the Ca
aptain must initiate an em
mergency eva
acuation.

4.8.4 P
PRECAUTIO
ONARY RAPID DISEMBA
ARKATION

Definittion
Rapid Disembarka ation is the exxpedited exitt of passeng
gers and creww from a parrked aircraft utilizing
the booarding entra ance(s) and the t associateed airport infrastructure (Air Bridge, jet way or boarding
b
stairs) or the aircra
aft air stairs.

Decisiions on ‘Pre ecautionary rapid disem mbarkation’ or ‘Evacuattion’


STAR PERÚ pro ocedures in nclude a ‘P Precautionaryy rapid dissembarkation n’ to be usedu in
circummstances tha at require pa assengers to o vacate the e aircraft rapidly but no ot so rapidlyy that it
justifies an ‘Evacua ation’ with itss attendant riisk of injury. A rapid disembarkation requires
r passsengers
to leavve the aircrafft quickly dowwn steps at th he front and rear left dooors of the airc
craft. An evacuation,
howevver, requires passengers to leave the aircraft throu ugh any of thhe four doorss, and require
es them
to jump p down from all doors exxcept the fron nt left, which has integral steps.
 
4.8.5 T
TASKSHARIING AND CR
REWCOORD
DINATION DURING
D REJ
JECTED TAK
KEOFF AND
D
EMER RGENCY EVAACUATION PROCEDUR
RE

T
TASKSHARING AND CR
REWCOORD
DINATION DURING
D REJ
JECTED TAK
KEOFF AND
D
EME
ERGENCY EVACUATIO
E N PROCEDU
URE
PF (LeftSea
at) PM(RightS
Seat)
Either pillot will call “A
ABORT”
SIMUULTANEOUS SLY:
Seleccts POWER levers to dissc / reverse
Appliies maximumm braking Advises AT
TC of the “AB
BORT”
Oncee the airplane
e has stoppe
ed the crew will
w assess thhe problem
If Firre or Smokee
EMER RG Brake.......................................................... ON A
Advises ATC
POWWER Levers...................................................... DISC
Condition Levers.............................................. Fue OFF a) requiremen
a nt for emergency equipmentt
Pull Fuel
F Off (affectted engine)................................. Pull b number of people
b) p on boa
ard
EXTG G FWDBTL an nd AFT BTL..................(as re equired) c DG
c)
Confirm ATC advissed d amount of fuel
d) f
Commands on PA A: “Evacuate e (3x)”
Emergency Lightts ...........................................ON
en seat beltss...........................................OFF
Faste
Exterrnal Power /AAPU.......................................OFF
ery Master.................................................OFF
Batte
Leaves the flight
L f compartment to asssist in
Assisst in evacuattion as requirred t evacuatio
the on

4.9 IN--FLIGHT FA
AILURES (AO
OM VOL 1 CHAP
C 3, 3.2.5
5)

 In-flight failures are deefined as anny malfunctio


on that occu urs at or aboove V1 and prior to
touch down.
 During an in-flight failure the primary responsibility of the cre
ew is to conttrol the airpla
ane.
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.11
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
 Checklists must not be e called for until the airpla ane is under full control and
a in a steady state
of flight.
 If a failure occurs at oro above V1 and prior to flap retractio on (3rd segm ment), the Crew
C will
not action any memoryy items or che ecklist until the
t flaps are retracted.
 In an extre eme situation n (such as engine
e failure
e during a GA),
G the PIC may elect to o action
the checkliist memory ittems prior to o reaching 3rrd segment (p prior to flap retraction).
r
 In any eve ent, no action n will be takeen until the airplane
a is under full conntrol and in a steady
state of flig
ght.
 In the even nt of an in-flig
ght failure, th
he crew will assess
a the problem.
 Once the nature
n of the e problem ha as been esta ablished, thee PF will calll for the apppropriate
memory ite ems if applicable, e.g. “SHUTDOWN ENGINE NU UMBER 2".
 The PNF actions the memory ite ems which are confirmed by the PF (Challen nge and
Response)).
 When the memory item ms are complete, the PF will w at his disscretion (but not less than n1000 ft
above the airport eleva ation), call for the appropriate non-norrmal checklisst.
 The PNF actions
a the ch hecklist items using the ReadR and Do o method.
 Once the checklist ha as been com mpleted, the crew will advise ATC of o the proble em and
declare an n emergency if applicable e.
 The PIC will
w advise the e Cabin Crew of the natture of the prroblem and the t intention ns of the
flight crew..

4.9.1E
ENGINE FAIL
LURE DURIN
NG TAKE-O
OFF AFTER V1
V RECOME
ENDATIONS
S

In the event of enggine failure be efore V1, the


e take-off mu
ust be rejecte
ed.
If an engine fails affter V1, the take-off mustt be continue
ed.

If engine failure occcurs just aftter V1 but prrior to lift-off,, apply corre
ective rudderr to keep the
e aircraft
straigh
ht and, at VRR, smoothly rotate
r to the FD at 8° pitcch. As the aircraft leaves s the ground,, aileron
must be
b applied, inn the same direction as th he rudder to maintain win ngs level.

aircraft has left the grou


If the ffailure occurrs after the a und, the airc
craft will roll rapidly towa
ards the
failed engine
e and a large ailero
on input will be
b required to
o level the wings.
w
At the same time, rudder
r must be applied, in
i the same direction as the aileron, tot counter the yaw.

When a positive raate of climb iss indicated on both Altimeeter and VSII, PM calls “P
Positive Ratte”.
PF callls “Gear upp, Set IAS V2”.
V PM selects gear up and IAS V2 calling “Gea ar up, IAS V2
V set”.
PM the en confirms the failure with
w the call “Failure En ngine Numb ber... ”. PF maintains
m de
eparture
headinng (obstacle clearance) and
a keeps th he Speed be etween V2 an nd V2 + 10 (climb
( perforrmance)
by follo
owing the FD
D pitch comm mands.

PM maakes a brief MAYDAY


M Ca
all to ATC ad
dvising of the
e engine failu
ure and statin
ng the Engine
e Fail
Proced
dure to be flo
own, ATC should then be
e asked to staandby.

 In the eve
ent of an Engine Fire without an asssociated Eng gine Failure, the aircraftt should
kly to acceleration altitude where the speed should be close to
climb quick o VCLIMB.

 Flaps shou
uld be retractted and IAS VCLIMB sele
ected before
e the MEMOR
RY ITEMS fo
or an
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.12
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
4.9.2 TASKSHAR
RING AND CREW CO
ORDINATIO
ON DURING
G ENGINE FAILURE / FIRE
DURINNGTAKE-OF
FF AFTER V1

TAS SKSHARING G AND CREW W CORDINA ATION DURIING ENGINE E FAILURE / FIRE DURIING
TAKE E-OFF AFTE
ER V1
PF PM
Conffirms airspee ed and rotate
es at VR to 8° 8 nose At V1 / VR
V calls: “V1
1 ROTATE”
up.
Afterr lift-off continues rotation to a minimum
m
pitch attitude of 10° to achieve V2 at 35 ftt.

Commands “GEA
AR UP” Observees positive ra
ate of climb C
Calls
“POSITIVERATE”
Selects Landing Gear Lever Up

Annou
unces “ENGIINE FAILUR
RE (or
“FIRE
E) - # 1 (or # 2)”.
2

“SET IAS V2”


V
Climb with V2
V SE
ET V2 FGC
FEATHER R
 IF FEATHE ER,  CALL ATC “M MAY DAY MAY
(continue climb
c to EOA
A CC ALT) DAYY”
 “SELECT LNAV”  SET
T LNAV “LN NAV SET”
 Passing 10000 ft AGL. ALT HOLD.  100
00 ft ALT HO
OLD
 ”AP ON”  “AP
P ON”

 COONFIRMS SP PEED VFRII OR


ABOVE
 “VFFRI”
 Acceleratees through VFFRI Comman
nds  SELLECT FLAP 0
 “FLAPS 0” ”  SETT IAS VCLIM
MB FGC
 “IAS VCLIIMB”  “IA
AS VCLIMB SET”
S
Continues accelerationn to VFTO
(Final Tak
ke Off Speed)
Confirms airspeed
a is VCLIMB orr higher  BLE
EEDS ON NORMAL
Commands s:  CHECK MCP ED
E
 “BLEEDON N/NORMAL””  “MC
CP CHECK””
 CHECK MAXM CONTIN NUOUS POW WER”
Continues climb

NOTE: MAX M TAKE E OFF POWER


P
(UPTRIM) UP TO 5 MIN M (10 MIN SUPS 27
AFM)
 “ENGINE FAILURE E/FIRE/SHUT TDOWN Affected
d engine:
MEMORY ITEMS ENG GINE # 1 (or # 2)” Comple etes Engiine Shutd
down
Assesses s the proble
em and Veriffies the proceduure
affected  ME EMORY ITEM MS PERFORRM
engine Commands
C

SEC
CONDARY ACTIONS
A  SEE LOOP
   
STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.13
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 

NO
O FEATHER
 IF NOT FE
EATHER, con
ntinue climb V2  CALL ATC MAY
M DAY MAY
 “SELECT LNAV” DAYY
 400
0 Ft. SET LNAV “L
LNAV
MIN 400 FT: SET
T”
“SHUTDO OWN ENGINE
E NUMBER
R # 1 or
# 2" Affe
ected engine
e: Completess
 MEMORY ITEMS ENGINE SHUTDO OWN
PR
ROCEDURE
 ME
EMORY ITEM MS PERFOR RM

PASSING 1000
0 FT AGL....
 “ALT HOLLD”  10000 ft ALT HO
OLD
 ”AP ON”  “APP ON”
 COONFIRMS SP PEED VFRII OR
ABOVE
 “VFFRI”
 Acceleratees through VF FRI  SELLECT FLAP 0
Commands:  SETT IAS VCLIMMB FGC
 “FLAPS 0” ”  “IA
AS VCLIMB SET”
S
 “IAS VCLIIMB”
Continuees acceleratio
on to VFTO
(Final Ta
ake Off Spee ed)
Confirmss airspeed iss VCLIMB orr higher
Comman nds:  BLE
EEDS ON NORMAL
 “BLEEDON N/NORMAL””  CHECK MCP ED
E
 CHECK MAXM CONTIN NUOUS POW WER”  “MC
CP CHECK””

Conttinues climb
NOTE: MAX
M TAKE OFF
O POWER R
(U
UPTRIM) UP P TO5 MIN (1
10
M SUP 27 AFM)
MIN A
SECCONDARY ACTIONS
A  SEE LOOP

CAUTION: Nose
e up pitch attitudes > 8°
8 prior to lifft-off may cause
c the ta
ail to contac
ct the
runw
way. NOTES:

1. Un
nless otherwwise specified
d in the ENG
GINE FAILUR
RE PROCED
DURE for a particular
p airp
port /
runw
way the follow
wing standardd is recommeended:

2. C
CLIMB TO 1000
1 ft AIR
RPORT ELEEVATION WITH
W V2 (AIIRPORTSABBOVE 5,000
0 Ft);
ACCELERATE TO
T VFR AND D TURN (LEFT or RIGHT
T) TO THATT NAVAID SE
ERVING AS THE
N NAVAID FOR
MAIN F APP PURPOSES.C CONTINUE CLIMB WIT TH VFTO (FINAL TAKE--OFF
SPEEED).

   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.14
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
4.9.3 S
STANDARD CALLOUTS
S DURING ENGINE
E FAIL
L FIRE SHUT
TDOWN ME
EMORY ITEM
M

STAND
DARD CALL
LOUTS DUR RING ENGINE FAIL FIRE
E SHUTDOW
WN
MEMMORY ITEM
PF PM
"ENG
GINE FAIL/FIRE/SHUTDOWN
MEMORY ITEM M"
"P
POWER LE EVER ENG #1 or #2 2 FLIGHT IDLE
C
Confirm?"
"CON
NFIRM ENG # __"
"F
FLIGHT IDLE
E"
"C
CONDITIONN LEVER ENG
E #1 or #2 FUEL OFF
C
Confirm?"
"CON
NFIRM ENG # __"

"F
FUEL OFF"
"P
PROPELLER R IS FEATHE
ER"
o
or
"P
PROPELLER R NOT FEATHER
R ALTERNNATE
F
FEATHER"
"A
ALTERNATE E FEATHER ENG #1 or #2
# Confirm?""
"CON
NFIRM ENG # __"
"P
PROPELLERR IS NOW FEATHER"
"P
PULL FUELL / HYD OF
FF HANDLEE ENG #1 or
o #2
P
PULL
C
Confirm?"
"CON
NFIRM ENG # __"
"##1 or #2 PUL
LLED"
Iff fire
"FFIRE ENGIN NE #1 or #2"
"EENGINE #1 or "2 IS SECCURED"

   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.15
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
4.9.4 L
LOOP DE FA
ALLAS

LOOP DE FALL
LAS PAR
RA ENGIN
NE FAIL / FIRE
AFTER V1

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.16
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
4.10 O
ONE ENGINE
E INOPERAT
TIVE (OEI) APPROACHE
A ES

A OEI approach sh
hould follow the
t same pro ofile as the normal
n two-engine approa
ach except th
hat:
 Datum pow wer settings will
w be increaased by apprrox. 20% torqque.
 The autopiilot must be disengaged
d by 1000 ft AGL.
 Engine ble eeds are set to MIN and OFF
O at 500 fft.
 OEI Flap 35°
3 approach hes are not permitted.
p

4.11 E
ENGINE FAIL
LURE ON AP
PPROACH or
o GO-AROU
UND

Condittion Levers ................................................................................................................. MAX


X / 1020
POWEER Levers ............................................................................................................ RATING G Detent
 Advance POWER P leve ers to RATING detent to achieve a max ximum take-o off power.

IF LANDING FLAP
F SELEC CTED:
FLAAPS Lever .............................................................................................................. 5°, 10
0° or 15°
 Check FLA AP indication n on # 2 MFD D.
Minnimum Airspeeed ............................................................... Go-A Around Speed d Flap 5°, 10 0° or 15°

If R
REF SPEEDD INCR ON:
Min
nimum Airspe
eed .................................................. Go-Around
G S
Speed Flap 5°,
5 10° or 15°° + 20 kt

OSITIVE RATE OF CLIM


PO MB:
LAN
NDING GEAAR Lever .................................................................................................................UP
 Check all gear,
g door annd LANDING G GEAR adviisory lights out. o

AFFFECTED EN NGINE:
OWER Lever ............................................................................................................ FLIGH
PO HT IDLE
Con ndition Leverr .............................................................................................................. FUEL OFF
 If propeller
p doe es not feathe er:
Alte
ernate Feath her ..................................................................................................................... FTHR
 Prress the # 1 or o # 2 ALT FTHR switch.
 Ma ake sure the green FTHR R light illumin nates.
 When clear of obstacles bu ut not below 400 ft AGL:
Airsspeed ......................................................................... Accelera ate to final Ta ake-off Climb b Speed
FLAAPS Lever ................................................................................................................................. 0°
At Flap
F Retractiion Initiation Speed for Flap 5°, 10° or o 15° ..... Che eck FLAP ind dication on # 2 MFD
 Co onfirm maxim mum continuo ous power an nd continue climb.
 Co omplete ENG GINE FAIL / FIRE F / SHUT TDOWN (QR RH).

 COMPLET
TE LOOP
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.17
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
4.12 SINGLE ENGINE
E M
MISSED AP
PPROACH PROCEDU
URE TASK
KSHARING CREW
COORRDINATION

PF PM

Simultaneo
ously:
 Press GA button
 Advance Power Levvers TO THE
DETENT
“GO-AROUND. MAX X TAKE OFF
O
POWER , FLAP 15”
 Follows up on Powe er Levers to THE
Rotatess to a pitch attitude
a to DETENT T.
maintain a minimum airspeed
a of  Confirms Flap 15°
VGA  Confirms MTOP on ED
“POWER SET, FLAP
F 15”
“P
POSITIVE RATE”
R
 “GEAR UPP”
 “HEADINGG”
 “ALT SEL
L”
1000
0 FT AGL AP
P ON
 “PINK NE
EDDELS” *
 “LATERAL NAV” *

NOTTA: *Si el GA G es en una


u
apro
oximación, que
q no esté en
la base de datos del
FMSS,(ILS,VOR,N NDB,RNAV
APVV/ BARO/ VNAV) pue ede
conttinuar solo en
n modo
HEAADING
EO
OACC ALT CHECK
C VFR
RI
“V
VFRI”
Acccelerates to a minimum of
o VFRI
Commmands

“FL
LAPS 0"
Con
ntinues acce
eleration to VCLIMB
V “S
SELECT FLA
APS 0"

Con
nfirms airspe
eed is VCLIM
MB or higherr Se
elects bleed on operating
g engine to
Com
mmands
ON
O / NORM..
“BL
LEED ON /MAX CONTINUOUS
PO
OWER” onfirms MCP
Co P power rating on ED

Con
ntinues Climb. Calls “POWER SET”

“A
AFTER TAKE
E OFF CHEC
CKLIST”

   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.18
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
4.13 E
ENGINE FAIL
L / FIRE / SH
HUTDOWN (IN
( FLIGHT) CRUISE

TASKSHA
ARINGCREW
WCOORDIN
NATION DUR RING ENGIN
NE FAIL / FIRE /
SHUTDO
OWN
(IIn Flight) CR
RUISE
PF PM

 Autopilot Iff RQRD………..Disengag ge


 POWER Lever (non-afffected engin ne)
Adjust Ass Req’d (Ratiing Detent.)
 Adjust POW WER Lever of o non-affectted
engine as required to o maintain the
t  MEMORRY ITEMS
ght profile.
desired flig  MAY DA
AY MAY DAY
Y
 Assesses the problem m and Veriffies  ATENTION CREW
the affecteed engine Co ommands:  QRH RE
EVIEW

WN ENGINE
“SHUTDOW E # 1 (or # 2 )”

 Associated
d Drift down Speeds
(onee Engine inop
perative)
 CALCULA ATE DRIFT DOW
WN
PERFORM MANCE

SECOND
DARY ACTIO
ONS

 ATC /WAR
R/OTHER
 NOTIFICA
ATIONS
 SET UP APPROACH

4.14 D
DEPRESSUR
RIZATIONPR
ROCEDURE
ES

A rapidd decompres ssion can reesult from losss of integrityy of the pres
ssure hull att altitude duee to bird
strike, loss of a win
ndow, sudde en failure of a door seal, or
o other structural damag ge. As with the case
of smo oke in the co
ockpit, the prrime conside eration of the
e flight crew is self-protecction, so thee aircraft
can be e flown safe ely to a lowwer altitude tot protect thhe passenge ers. An Eme ergency Desscent, if
requireed, is norma ally carried out at VMO O. If the stru uctural integgrity of the aircraft
a is in
n doubt,
howevver, limit the descent
d airsp
peed as mucch as possiblle and avoid high maneuvering loadss.

This pprocedure co ontains reca


all items in the
t QRH ch
hecklist, and they should be conducted as
outline
ed in the follo
owing crew coordination table:
t

   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.19
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
TA
ASKSHARIN NG CREW COORDINAT
C TION DURING RAPID
DEPRES SSURIZATIO ON EMERGE ENCY DESC CENT
PF PM
Crew
w Member no oting abnorm mality calls “C
CABIN PRES SSURE EME ERGENCY DESCENT”
D
If Rapid Depressuriz
D ation
B
Both Pilots: Oxygen
O maskks with 100%% EMER oxyg gen selected
d.
Sele
ect BOOM/M MASK switch to MASK and establish communicati
c ons.
Seleccts Passenger Signs…… …………..ON
Commences Emergencyy Desce ent Addvises ATC of
o emergency y Descent.
proce
edure to be elow 14000 ft or to MEA Coompletes
whichhever is high
her. Comman nds:

“RAPID DE EPRESSURIZATION “RAPID DEPRESSU URIZATION


CH
HECKLIST” CHECKLIST T”
If Slow Depressuriza
D ation
Commands: Coompletes
““CABIN PRE ESSURE CHHECKLIST” “CABIN PRRESSURE CHECKLIST
C ”
Caalls
“CABIN PRESSURE
P C
CHECKLISTT
COMPLETE E”
Unpressurized Fliight
Coompletes
Desccends below w 14000 ftt or to MEA “U
UNPRESSUR RIZED FLIGHHT CHECKL
LIST”
whichhever is high
her. Comman
nds: Caalls
“UNP PRESSURIZ ZED FLIGHTT CHECKLIS ST” “UUNPRESSUR RIZED FLIGHT CHECKLLIST
COMPLETE E”

4.14.1 EMERGENC
CY DESCEN
NT PROCED
DURE

An Em mergency Desscent, if requ uired, is norm


mally carried out at VMO..
If the structural
s inte
egrity of the airplane is in
n doubt, how
wever, limit th
he descent airspeed
a as much
m as
possibble and avoid d high maneu uvering loads s. Moving the condition levers
l to MAAX increasess drag in
order tthat the desccent to lower altitude mayy be done in a timely fash hion.

NOTEE: To determ
mine the ARC C for SUPPLLEMENT CAABIN OXYGE EN SYSTEM
M INSTALLATION is
based
d on the follo
owing refere
ence bottles
s PAX 20min
n as well:

16 min x 6mn
6 / min = 96 MN of Arrc
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: 4.20
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

CHAPTE
ER 4. NO NO
ORMAL EME
ERGENCY PROCEDUR
P RES
 
TA
ASKSHARIN
NG AND CRE
EWCORDINATION DURRING RAPID
DEPRESS
SURIZATION
N OR EMER
RGENCY DESCENT
PF PM
M
(CHECK AP ON)

 “R
RAPID DEPR
RESSURIZA
ATION /
EMERGENCY Y DESCENT
T MEMORY ITEMS”

 OXIGEN MASK………
M …………ONN  OXIGEEN MASK….. ON +100%
+100%  MIC SWITCH…………..MASK
 MIC SWIT
TCH…………………...MA ASK  HOT MIC..............
M FF-
...........…OF
 HOT MIC…
………….OFF ESTABLISSH ESTABBLISH COMM
COMM
 FASTEN BELT
B SIGNS
S………..ON

 POWER LEVE ERS................. FLT IDLE E  TX………............SQUAWK 7700


 CONDITION LEVERS......
C L .....MAX  ATC.................EM
MERGENCY CALL
 AS..........................................SELECT
IA T AND DESCENT
D
 C
CHECK MSA........SELECT T ALTITUDE E&
 ARM ALT SEL L “MAY DAY, MAY DAY,
D MAY DAY”
D
 AIR SPEED..............VMO (CALL
LSIGN)

NOTE: If structurral failure or damage


d is a PID DESPRE
“RAP ESSURIZATION
po
ossibility, lim
mit speed as much
m as posssible DESCENNT TO MEA REQUEST Q
QNH”
an
nd avoid high h maneuvering loads.

PA :
 “EEMERGENCCY DESCENTT”
 “OOXIGEN,OX
XIGEN,OXIGE
EN”

 C
Call FA TO VE
ERIFY AIRPLANE INTEGGRITY.
 IN
N ACCORDE ER OF THE SITUATION
S BEGIN
THE DESCEN NT
 R
RAPID DEPR RESSURIZAT TION /  PERFO
ORM RAPID
EMERGENCY Y DESCENTT QRH DEPR
RESSURIZAT
TION /
EMER
RGENCY DESCENT QRH
H

 “RAPID
D DEP
PRESSURIZ
ZATION
/EMER
RGENCY DESCENT QRH
COMPPLETE”

14.000
0 ft
 PA :
“SAFETY ALTITUDE””
“SAFETY ALTITUDE””

 “UNPRESS
SURIZED FL
LIGHT QRH””  PERFOORM UNPRESSU
URIZED
FLIGH
HT QRH

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-A.1
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

AP
PPENDIX A: CABIN CRE
EW COORD
DINATION
 

APP
PEND
DIX A
C IN CREW
CAB W CO
OORD
DINA
ATION
N
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-A.2
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

AP
PPENDIX A: CABIN CRE
EW COORD
DINATION
 

INT
TENTIONALLY
L
LEFT BLAN
NK

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-A.3
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

AP
PPENDIX A: CABIN CRE
EW COORD
DINATION
 

PENDIX A – CAB
APP BIN CRE
EW COO
ORDINA
ATION
 
ORMAL SITUA
1.1 NO ATION.................................................................................................. AP‐A.5

1.2 EM
MERGENCY AND ABNORM MAL SITUATIO ON................................................................... AP‐AA.6 

   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-A.4
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

AP
PPENDIX A: CABIN CRE
EW COORD
DINATION
 

INT
TENTIONALLY
L
LEFT BLAN
NK

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-A.5
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

AP
PPENDIX A: CABIN CRE
EW COORD
DINATION
 
NORMAL SITUATIO
ON

ACTION REEQUIRED FLLIGHT DECK
K SIG
GNAL/ CALLL 
OUT//CABIN CREEW
TAXI CHECK LIST
L
FO
O/RHS INTER
RPHONE CAL
LL

NOTE:
TA
AKE-OFF CLLEARANCE WILL
W NOT BE
AC
CCEPTED UNTIL
U A “CA
ABIN SECUR
RE”
HA
AS BEEN RECEIVED. “CAB
BINA SEGUR
RA”

LINE UP CHECK
K LIST
The FO /R
RHSPA :

PULACION
"TRIP
PROOXIMOS AL
DESSPEGUE”

DESCENT
The PM PA
A:

PULACION
“TRIP
ESTAMOSS INICIANDO EL
DESSCENSO”

APPROA
ACH CHEC
CK LIST (10
0.000 ft AGL)
The PM PA
A: CC INT
TERPHONE CALL
C
& CONF
FIRM:
PULACIÓN,
“TRIP
ASEGURAR CABINA A A”
BINA SEGURA
"CAB
E”
PARA EL ATERRIZAJE

LAND
DING CHEC
CK LIST
The PM PA
A:

PULACION
“TRIP
PRÓÓXIMOS AL
ATERRIZAJE”

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-A.6
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

AP
PPENDIX A: CABIN CRE
EW COORD
DINATION
 

 
EMERGE
ENCY AND ABNORMAL
A L SITUATION
N

ACTION REEQUIRED FLLIGHT DECK
K SIGNAL// CALL OUT//CABIN CREEW

 EMMERGENCYA ALERT- PA:


 UNPREPARED D EMERGENCCY ON CREW, AT
“ATTENTIO TTENTION CR
REW”
 ABNORMAL
 PIILOT INCAPA
ACITATION

N
NOTIFY CA
ABIN CREW
W FOR AN EMERGEN
E CY

PA: "SENIIOR CABIN CREW TO THE


COCKPIT "

"JEFE DE CABINA ,A LA CABINA


A DE
MANDO"
E
EMERGENC
CY DESCE
ENT

REW EMERGE
“CABIN CR ENCY DESCE
ENT,
EMERGEN NCY DESCENNT”
“OXIGEN,O
OXIGEN,OXIG
GEN
AT 14000 FT
T
REW SAFE AL
“CABIN CR LTITUD”

CION,
“TRIPULAC DE
ESCENSO DE
EMERGENCCIA, O DE
DESCENSO
EMERGENCCIA”
OXIGENO,O
OXIGENO,OX
XIGENO
A 14000 FT
AT
CION ALTITUD
“TRIPULAC D SEGURA”

TURBULENCE

“TRIPUL
LACION TOM
MAR ASIENTO
O”

PASS
SENGERS TO BRACE
E PRIOR TO
O ANEMER
RGENCY LA
ANDING

(THIS CAL
LL SHOULD BE
B MADE 30 "BR
RACE ,BRACE
E, BRACE”
SECONDS S PRIOR TO L
LANDING.)
EVACUA
ATION

“EVACUATE,EVACUAT
TE, EVACUATE,"

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-B.1
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX B: R
RNAV/RNP
 

APP
PEND
DIX B
RNA
AV/R
RNP

R
RES
SERV
VADO
O
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-B.2
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX B: R
RNAV/RNP
 

INT
TENTIONALLY
L
LEFT BLAN
NK

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-C.1
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX C: AIR
A WORK
 

APP
A PEND
DIX C
AIR
R WO
ORK
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-C.2
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX C: AIR
A WORK
 

INT
TENTIONALLY
L
LEFT BLAN
NK

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-C.3
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX C: AIR
A WORK
 
APPENDIX C – AIR W
WORK

1. STEEP TURNS........................................................................................................................ AP‐C.5 
1.1 OBJJETIVE........................................................................................................................... AP‐C.5 
1.2 DESSCRIPTION....................................................................................................................... AP‐C.5 
1.3 ENTTRY................................................................................................................................ AP‐C.5 
1.4 DUR RING TURN.................................................................................................................... AP‐C.5 
1.5 ROLLLOUT............................................................................................................................ AP‐C.5 
1.6 COMMPLETION STA ANDARD.................................................................................................. AP‐C.5 
2. STALLLS.................................................................................................................................. AP‐C.7 
2.1 OBJJECTIVE........................................................................................................................ AP‐C.7 
2.2 DESSCRIPTION...................................................................................................................... AP‐C.7 
2.3 SET‐UP............................................................................................................................... AP‐C.7 
2.4 ENTTRY................................................................................................................................ AP‐C.7 
3. STALLL IN CLEAN CO ONFIGURATION....................................................................................... AP‐C.8 
3.1 STA
ALL IN CLEAN C CONFIGURATIO ON PROFILE......................................................................... AP‐C.8 
3.2 APPPROACH TO STTALL RECOVER RY PROCEDUREES “CLEAN CON NFIGURATION N”.............................. AP‐C.8

4. STALLL IN APPROAC CH CONFIGURA ATION................................................................................. AP‐C.9 
4.1 STA
ALL IN APPROA ACH CONFIGUR RATION PROFIILE.................................................................... AP‐C.9 
4.2 APPPROACH TO ST TALL RECOVER RY PROCEDUREE “APPROACH CONFIGURATTION”.......................... AP‐C.9 9 
5. STALLL IN LANDING CONFIGURATTION.................................................................................... AP‐C.10 
5.1 STA
ALL IN LANDING G CONFIGURA ATION PROFILEE..................................................................... AP‐C.10 
5.2 APPPROACH TO ST TALL RECOVER RY PROCEDUREE “LANDING CO ONFIGURATIO ON”............................. AP‐C.10 
6. VISUAL CIRCUIT DA ASH 8 Q‐400............................................................................................ AP‐C.11 

   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-C.4
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX C: AIR
A WORK
 

INT
TENTIONALLY
L
LEFT BLAN
NK

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-C.5
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX C: AIR
A WORK
 
1. ST
TEEP TURNS
S

bjective
1.1 Ob

This mmaneuver fam


miliarizes the
e pilot with airplane handling characte
eristics and helps
h to imprrove the
instrum
ment cross Check.
C

1.2 De
escription

Steep turns (45° off bank) will beb practiced in i both directtions with coondition leverrs set at 1020 0 RPM.
During
g practice you u will observve that bank angles of 20 0° or less req
quire little or no back presssure to
maintaain level fligh
ht. Beyond 20 0° of bank, apply
a back ppressure as required
r to maintain
m altitu
ude and
increasse torque as required to maintain airsspeed.
As the
e aircraft rolls
s through 43 degrees ba ank angle, EG GPWS call “BANK ANGL LE” will be heard. In
order tto accomplish the exercisse, this call should
s be dissregarded.
Powerr settings durring steep turns are the responsibility
r y of PF. The PF has the option to use e PM to
set powwer, howeve ntial that veryy precise call be made, e.g.: “increase
er, it is essen e power 10% %”

1.3 En
ntry

Stabilizze the airpla


ane at the deesired speedd (recommen nded 180 KIA AS, torque approximatel
a y 25%),
headin ng and altitud
de. Enter thee turn by smoothly rolling
g in. As bankk angle is inc
creased, app
ply back
pressu ure as requirred to maintaain altitude (approximate
( e attitude is 5° nose up)). Trim durin
ng steep
turn iss not recomm mended. Through 30° of o bank, app ply approximmately 10% additional
a po
ower as
requireed to maintaiin airspeed.

1.4 Du
uring turn

Mainta
ain a rapid scan of the e flight instrruments (EAADI, airspeed, altimeter and IVSI), so the
deviatiions will be detected
d early enough to require onlyy small correc
ctions.

1.5 Ro
ollout

Smootthly rollout 20°


2 prior to target rollou ut heading. As bank anngle is decre
eased, reducce back
pressu
ure as requirred to mainttain altitude.. Through 20° of bank decrease poower as required to
mainta
ain airspeed.

1.6 Co
ompletion standard

For pro
oficiency, tw
wo 360° steep
p turns (one in each dire
ection) will be
b accomplished to the fo
ollowing
standa
ard:

Airsp
peed (180 KIIAS) +/- 10 knoots
Anngle of bank (45°) +/- 5°
Alltitude +/- 100 ft
Heeading +/- 10°

   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-C.6
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX C: AIR
A WORK
 
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-C.7
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX C: AIR
A WORK
 
2. ST
TALLS

2.1 OB
BJECTIVE

These maneuvers are perform med to familia


arize the stu
udent with the indicationss of an approaching
stall an
nd correct recovery techn
nique.

2.2 DE
ESCRIPTION
N

The m minimum altitu pproach to stall exercise is 5000 fee


ude for praccticing the ap et AGL. Apprroach to
stalls will
w be practticed in clea an (gear up,, flap 0), approach (gea ar down, flapp15, 20° bank) and
Landinng (gear dow
wn, flaps 35°)) configuratio
on.

2.3 SE
ET-UP

Prior to
o initiating th
he exercise, the
t crew will::
 Compllete the Apprroach Checkklist.
 Brief th he exercise.
 Set full bug to VRE EF for the appropriate flapp setting and
d the outlined
d bug for VG
GA Flaps
15° (appproach and landing con nfiguration onnly).
 Autopilot and Fligh ht Director offf.
 Condittion levers at 900 or 1020 RPM M (1020 RP PM for land ding and ap pproach
configuuration)
 Config gure the airplane, if requirred (leave po
ower at 25-300% torque)
 Slow aircraft
a to VR
REF + 10 KIA AS and stabilize.

2.4 EN
NTRY

(a) Slow and smooth


s powe
er reduction to
t Flight Idle
(b) Do not trim
m below VREEF
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-C.8
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX C: AIR
A WORK
 
3. STALL IN CLEAN CONNFIGURATIION
TALL IN CL
3.1 ST LEAN CONFIGURATIO
ON PROFIL
LE
 

PPROACH TO STALL
3.2 AP L RECOVER
RY PROCE
EDURE “CL
LEAN CONFIGURATIO
ON”

PF PM
At Stick Shakker            
Simultaneou usly   
Advaance  Condiition  Leverss  to  MAX  and 
“STA
ALL SET PO
OWER” veriffies NTOP on
n the ED “POOWER SET T”  

Advance  Power  Levers  to  Ratiing 


Detent 
Relax Back Pressure 
(reduce pitch attitud de by 10‐20)
Observve increase in n airspeed 
Maintain orr level off at entry altitud
de 
Reduce ppower when safe Speed
atttained (170 KIAS) 

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-C.9
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX C: AIR
A WORK
 
4. STALL IN APPROACHH CONFIGU
URATION
TALL IN AP
4.1 ST PPROACH CONFIGUR
RATION PR
ROFILE
 

4.2 APPROACCH TO STAL


LL RECOV
VERY PROC
CEDURE “A
APPROACH
H
CONFIGUR
RATION”

PF PM

“STALL SET PO OWER”


Advance Power Levers to Rating Deten
nt  Advance Con
A ndition Leverrs to MAX 
A
And verifies  NTOP set on
n ED 

“POWER S
SET”
Reelax  back  pressure    (reduce  pittch 
atttitude by 1°‐2°) And rollss wings levell 
Observe increease in airspeeed  Observes positive rate off climb or 
O
Increase in airspeed in le
evel‐off 
“P
POSITIVE RATE”
R
“G
GEAR UP”
“ FRI”
“V

“FFLAPS 0”
M
Maintain or leevel off at en
ntry altitude
Reeduce power when safe speed 
atttained (170 KIAS) 

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-C.10
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX C: AIR
A WORK
 
5. STA
ALL IN LAN
NDING CON
NFIGURAT
TION
5.1 ST
TALL IN LA
ANDING CO
ONFIGURA
ATION PRO
OFILE
 

PPROACH TO STALL
5.2 AP L RECOVER
RY PROCE
EDURE “LA
ANDING CO
ONFIGURA
ATION”
PF PM
At Stick Shakker 
SSimultaneou usly 

"STALL SET
S POWER FLAP 15
5”
Verifies NTOP set on ED
V
Advance  Power Levers to Rating  “
“POWER S
SET”
Detent 
Reelax back pressure 
(reduce pitch attitud
de by 1°‐ 2°)
When airrspeed startss to increase
“FLAPS 15”  S
Selects flaps to 15 
Observes  positive 
O p rate
e  of  Climb
b  or 
i
increase in airspeed in le
evel off 
“P
POSITIVE RATE”
R
“GEAR UP
P”
“ FRI”
“V
“FLAPS 0”  0
Maintain orr level off at entry Altitud
de. 
Reduce power when n 
saffe Speed 
attaineed (170 KIAS)) 
“AFFTER TAKE
E-OFF CHE
ECKLIST”

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-C.11
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX C: AIR
A WORK
 
6. VIS
SUAL CIRC
CUIT DAHS
S 8 Q-400
 

E: In the firsst turn, with wing level, maintain 10


NOTE 0 seconds
   

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

 
  EVISION:
RE ORIGINAL
L
STAN
NDARD OPE
ERATING PROCEDUR
P RES
(SOP) PÁ
ÁGE: AP-C.12
AER
RONAVE Q4400
DA
ATE: 27.03.19

APP
PENDIX C: AIR
A WORK
 

INT
TENTIONAALLY
LEFT BLAN
NK
 

STA
ANDARD OPE
ERATING PRO
OCEDURES (SOP)
(
Documentss displayed in digital
d form are
e controlled, all printing of them is an NOT controlled
c copy. This documen
nt is also the
intellec
ctual property of
o STAR UP S.A. and any rep production will be sanctioned
d by law.

You might also like